1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
48 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
52 #include "observable.h"
59 #include "parser-defs.h"
60 #include "gdbsupport/gdb_regex.h"
62 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
65 #include "dummy-frame.h"
67 #include "gdbsupport/format.h"
68 #include "thread-fsm.h"
69 #include "tid-parse.h"
70 #include "cli/cli-style.h"
71 #include "cli/cli-decode.h"
72 #include <unordered_set>
74 /* readline include files */
75 #include "readline/tilde.h"
77 /* readline defines this. */
80 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
81 #include "extension.h"
83 #include "progspace-and-thread.h"
84 #include "gdbsupport/array-view.h"
85 #include "gdbsupport/gdb_optional.h"
87 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
89 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *,
90 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)>);
93 create_sals_from_location_spec_default (location_spec
*locspec
,
94 linespec_result
*canonical
);
96 static void create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*,
97 struct linespec_result
*,
98 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>,
99 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>,
101 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
103 int, int, int, unsigned);
105 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint
106 (const std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> &vals
);
108 static void mention (const breakpoint
*);
110 static breakpoint
*add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&b
);
112 static breakpoint
*add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&b
);
114 static struct breakpoint
*
115 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
117 int loc_enabled
, int thread
);
119 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, bool);
121 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
124 struct program_space
*pspace
);
126 static bool watchpoint_locations_match (const struct bp_location
*loc1
,
127 const struct bp_location
*loc2
);
129 static bool breakpoint_locations_match (const struct bp_location
*loc1
,
130 const struct bp_location
*loc2
,
131 bool sw_hw_bps_match
= false);
133 static bool breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
134 const struct address_space
*aspace
,
137 static bool breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*,
138 const address_space
*,
141 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*);
142 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, enum remove_bp_reason
);
144 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat
*bs
);
146 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
148 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
150 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
152 int *other_type_used
);
154 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
157 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
159 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> bkpt_probe_decode_location_spec
160 (struct breakpoint
*b
,
161 location_spec
*locspec
,
162 struct program_space
*search_pspace
);
164 static bool bl_address_is_meaningful (bp_location
*loc
);
166 static int find_loc_num_by_location (const bp_location
*loc
);
168 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
169 insert locations now. */
170 enum ugll_insert_mode
172 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
173 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
174 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
175 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
176 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
177 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
178 returns true on them.
180 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
181 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
182 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
183 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
184 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
185 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
189 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
190 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
193 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
194 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
195 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
196 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
197 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
198 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
199 as no thread is running yet. */
203 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
205 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
207 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
209 static void trace_pass_command (const char *, int);
211 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
213 static bool is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
215 /* Return true if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"),
218 static bool strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
220 static void bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location_spec
221 (location_spec
*locspec
,
222 struct linespec_result
*canonical
);
223 static void tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location_spec
224 (location_spec
*locspec
,
225 struct linespec_result
*canonical
);
227 const struct breakpoint_ops code_breakpoint_ops
=
229 create_sals_from_location_spec_default
,
230 create_breakpoints_sal
,
233 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
234 static const struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
=
236 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location_spec
,
237 create_breakpoints_sal
,
240 /* Tracepoints set on probes. */
241 static const struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
=
243 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location_spec
,
244 create_breakpoints_sal
,
247 /* Implementation of abstract dtors. These must exist to satisfy the
250 breakpoint::~breakpoint ()
254 code_breakpoint::~code_breakpoint ()
258 catchpoint::~catchpoint ()
262 /* The structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
263 struct ordinary_breakpoint
: public code_breakpoint
265 using code_breakpoint::code_breakpoint
;
267 int resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*) override
;
268 enum print_stop_action
print_it (const bpstat
*bs
) const override
;
269 void print_mention () const override
;
270 void print_recreate (struct ui_file
*fp
) const override
;
273 /* Internal breakpoints. These typically have a lifetime the same as
274 the program, and they end up installed on the breakpoint chain with
275 a negative breakpoint number. They're visible in "maint info
276 breakpoints", but not "info breakpoints". */
277 struct internal_breakpoint
: public code_breakpoint
279 internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
280 enum bptype type
, CORE_ADDR address
)
281 : code_breakpoint (gdbarch
, type
)
285 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
286 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
289 pspace
= current_program_space
;
290 disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
293 void re_set () override
;
294 void check_status (struct bpstat
*bs
) override
;
295 enum print_stop_action
print_it (const bpstat
*bs
) const override
;
296 void print_mention () const override
;
299 /* Momentary breakpoints. These typically have a lifetime of some run
300 control command only, are always thread-specific, and have 0 for
301 breakpoint number. I.e., there can be many momentary breakpoints
302 on the breakpoint chain and they all same the same number (zero).
303 They're visible in "maint info breakpoints", but not "info
305 struct momentary_breakpoint
: public code_breakpoint
307 momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch_
, enum bptype bptype
,
308 program_space
*pspace_
,
309 const struct frame_id
&frame_id_
,
311 : code_breakpoint (gdbarch_
, bptype
)
313 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined
314 or tail-called one. */
315 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
317 /* Momentary breakpoints are always thread-specific. */
318 gdb_assert (thread_
> 0);
321 enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
322 disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
323 frame_id
= frame_id_
;
327 void re_set () override
;
328 void check_status (struct bpstat
*bs
) override
;
329 enum print_stop_action
print_it (const bpstat
*bs
) const override
;
330 void print_mention () const override
;
333 /* DPrintf breakpoints. */
334 struct dprintf_breakpoint
: public ordinary_breakpoint
336 using ordinary_breakpoint::ordinary_breakpoint
;
338 void re_set () override
;
339 int breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
340 const address_space
*aspace
,
342 const target_waitstatus
&ws
) override
;
343 void print_recreate (struct ui_file
*fp
) const override
;
344 void after_condition_true (struct bpstat
*bs
) override
;
347 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
348 struct ranged_breakpoint
: public ordinary_breakpoint
350 explicit ranged_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
351 const symtab_and_line
&sal_start
,
353 location_spec_up start_locspec
,
354 location_spec_up end_locspec
)
355 : ordinary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
357 bp_location
*bl
= add_location (sal_start
);
360 disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
362 locspec
= std::move (start_locspec
);
363 locspec_range_end
= std::move (end_locspec
);
366 int breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
367 const address_space
*aspace
,
369 const target_waitstatus
&ws
) override
;
370 int resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*) override
;
371 enum print_stop_action
print_it (const bpstat
*bs
) const override
;
372 bool print_one (bp_location
**) const override
;
373 void print_one_detail (struct ui_out
*) const override
;
374 void print_mention () const override
;
375 void print_recreate (struct ui_file
*fp
) const override
;
378 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
379 struct static_marker_tracepoint
: public tracepoint
381 using tracepoint::tracepoint
;
383 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> decode_location_spec
384 (struct location_spec
*locspec
,
385 struct program_space
*search_pspace
) override
;
388 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
389 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
390 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
391 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
392 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
393 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
395 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
396 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
397 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
398 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
404 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
406 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
407 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
408 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
409 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
411 static std::string dprintf_function
= "printf";
413 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
414 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
415 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
416 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
417 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
418 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
419 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
421 static std::string dprintf_channel
;
423 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
425 static bool disconnected_dprintf
= true;
427 struct command_line
*
428 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
430 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
.get () : NULL
;
433 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
434 current breakpoint. */
436 static bool breakpoint_proceeded
;
439 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
441 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
442 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
444 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
446 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
449 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
450 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
451 if such is available. */
452 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
455 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
456 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
460 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
461 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
465 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
466 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
467 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
468 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
469 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
471 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
472 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
476 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
477 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
481 /* If true, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
482 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
483 If false, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
484 use hardware breakpoints. */
485 static bool automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
487 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
488 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
492 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
496 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
497 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
498 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
499 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
500 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
501 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
502 processing user input. */
503 static bool always_inserted_mode
= false;
506 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
507 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
509 gdb_printf (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
513 /* See breakpoint.h. */
516 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
518 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
520 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
521 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
522 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
527 if (always_inserted_mode
)
529 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
534 for (inferior
*inf
: all_inferiors ())
535 if (inf
->has_execution ()
536 && threads_are_executing (inf
->process_target ()))
539 /* Don't remove breakpoints yet if, even though all threads are
540 stopped, we still have events to process. */
541 for (thread_info
*tp
: all_non_exited_threads ())
542 if (tp
->resumed () && tp
->has_pending_waitstatus ())
548 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
550 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
551 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
552 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
553 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
554 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
555 condition_evaluation_auto
,
556 condition_evaluation_host
,
557 condition_evaluation_target
,
561 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
562 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
564 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
565 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
566 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
568 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
569 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
570 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
574 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
576 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
578 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
579 return condition_evaluation_target
;
581 return condition_evaluation_host
;
587 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
590 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
592 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
595 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
599 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
601 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
603 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
606 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
607 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
609 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
610 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
612 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
613 bool target_exact_watchpoints
= false;
615 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
617 static struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
619 /* See breakpoint.h. */
624 return breakpoint_range (breakpoint_chain
);
627 /* See breakpoint.h. */
629 breakpoint_safe_range
630 all_breakpoints_safe ()
632 return breakpoint_safe_range (all_breakpoints ());
635 /* See breakpoint.h. */
640 return tracepoint_range (breakpoint_chain
);
643 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_is_less_than - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
645 static std::vector
<bp_location
*> bp_locations
;
647 /* See breakpoint.h. */
649 const std::vector
<bp_location
*> &
655 /* Range to iterate over breakpoint locations at a given address. */
657 struct bp_locations_at_addr_range
659 using iterator
= std::vector
<bp_location
*>::iterator
;
661 bp_locations_at_addr_range (CORE_ADDR addr
)
665 bool operator() (const bp_location
*loc
, CORE_ADDR addr_
) const
666 { return loc
->address
< addr_
; }
668 bool operator() (CORE_ADDR addr_
, const bp_location
*loc
) const
669 { return addr_
< loc
->address
; }
672 auto it_pair
= std::equal_range (bp_locations
.begin (), bp_locations
.end (),
675 m_begin
= it_pair
.first
;
676 m_end
= it_pair
.second
;
679 iterator
begin () const
682 iterator
end () const
690 /* Return a range to iterate over all breakpoint locations exactly at address
693 If it's needed to iterate multiple times on the same range, it's possible
694 to save the range in a local variable and use it multiple times:
696 auto range = all_bp_locations_at_addr (addr);
698 for (bp_location *loc : range)
701 for (bp_location *loc : range)
704 This saves a bit of time, as it avoids re-doing the binary searches to find
705 the range's boundaries. Just remember not to change the bp_locations vector
706 in the mean time, as it could make the range's iterators stale. */
708 static bp_locations_at_addr_range
709 all_bp_locations_at_addr (CORE_ADDR addr
)
711 return bp_locations_at_addr_range (addr
);
714 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
715 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid
716 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
717 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to scan for shadow bytes for
718 an address you need to read. */
720 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
;
722 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
723 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
724 BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
725 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to
726 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
728 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
730 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
731 from the bp_locations array, but for which a hit may still be
732 reported by a target. */
733 static std::vector
<bp_location
*> moribund_locations
;
735 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
737 static int breakpoint_count
;
739 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
740 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
741 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
742 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
743 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
745 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
747 static int tracepoint_count
;
749 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
750 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
751 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
753 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
755 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
757 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
760 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
763 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
765 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
766 breakpoint_count
= num
;
767 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
770 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
771 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
772 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
774 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
777 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
779 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
782 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
785 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::~scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
787 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
790 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
793 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
795 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
800 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
801 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
804 get_breakpoint (int num
)
806 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
807 if (b
->number
== num
)
813 /* Return TRUE if NUM refer to an existing breakpoint that has
814 multiple code locations. */
817 has_multiple_locations (int num
)
819 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
820 if (b
->number
== num
)
821 return b
->loc
!= nullptr && b
->loc
->next
!= nullptr;
828 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
829 evaluating conditions on its side. */
832 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
834 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
835 evaluating conditions and if the user has
836 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
838 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
839 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
842 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
845 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
846 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
849 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
850 evaluating conditions on its side. */
853 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
855 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
856 evaluating conditions and if the user has
857 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
859 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
860 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
864 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
867 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
870 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
871 condition_evaluation_mode. */
874 set_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *args
, int from_tty
,
875 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
877 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
879 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
880 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
882 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
883 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
884 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
888 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
889 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
891 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
892 settings was "auto". */
893 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
895 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
896 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
898 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
899 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
901 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
902 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
905 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
907 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
909 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
910 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
914 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
915 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
916 target knows about. */
917 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
918 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
919 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
923 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
929 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
930 what "auto" is translating to. */
933 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
934 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
936 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
938 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
939 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
941 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
943 gdb_printf (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
947 /* Parse COND_STRING in the context of LOC and set as the condition
948 expression of LOC. BP_NUM is the number of LOC's owner, LOC_NUM is
949 the number of LOC within its owner. In case of parsing error, mark
950 LOC as DISABLED_BY_COND. In case of success, unset DISABLED_BY_COND. */
953 set_breakpoint_location_condition (const char *cond_string
, bp_location
*loc
,
954 int bp_num
, int loc_num
)
956 bool has_junk
= false;
959 expression_up new_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&cond_string
, loc
->address
,
960 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
961 if (*cond_string
!= 0)
965 loc
->cond
= std::move (new_exp
);
966 if (loc
->disabled_by_cond
&& loc
->enabled
)
967 gdb_printf (_("Breakpoint %d's condition is now valid at "
968 "location %d, enabling.\n"),
971 loc
->disabled_by_cond
= false;
974 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
978 /* Warn if a user-enabled location is now becoming disabled-by-cond.
979 BP_NUM is 0 if the breakpoint is being defined for the first
980 time using the "break ... if ..." command, and non-zero if
983 warning (_("failed to validate condition at location %d.%d, "
984 "disabling:\n %s"), bp_num
, loc_num
, e
.what ());
986 warning (_("failed to validate condition at location %d, "
987 "disabling:\n %s"), loc_num
, e
.what ());
990 loc
->disabled_by_cond
= true;
994 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), cond_string
);
998 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, const char *exp
,
999 int from_tty
, bool force
)
1003 b
->cond_string
.reset ();
1005 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
1006 gdb::checked_static_cast
<watchpoint
*> (b
)->cond_exp
.reset ();
1010 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
1013 if (loc
->disabled_by_cond
&& loc
->enabled
)
1014 gdb_printf (_("Breakpoint %d's condition is now valid at "
1015 "location %d, enabling.\n"),
1016 b
->number
, loc_num
);
1017 loc
->disabled_by_cond
= false;
1020 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
1021 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
1022 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
1027 gdb_printf (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
1031 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
1033 innermost_block_tracker tracker
;
1034 const char *arg
= exp
;
1035 expression_up new_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0, &tracker
);
1037 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1038 watchpoint
*w
= gdb::checked_static_cast
<watchpoint
*> (b
);
1039 w
->cond_exp
= std::move (new_exp
);
1040 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= tracker
.block ();
1044 /* Parse and set condition expressions. We make two passes.
1045 In the first, we parse the condition string to see if it
1046 is valid in at least one location. If so, the condition
1047 would be accepted. So we go ahead and set the locations'
1048 conditions. In case no valid case is found, we throw
1049 the error and the condition string will be rejected.
1050 This two-pass approach is taken to avoid setting the
1051 state of locations in case of a reject. */
1052 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
1056 const char *arg
= exp
;
1057 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
1058 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
1060 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1063 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
1065 /* Condition string is invalid. If this happens to
1066 be the last loc, abandon (if not forced) or continue
1068 if (loc
->next
== nullptr && !force
)
1073 /* If we reach here, the condition is valid at some locations. */
1075 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
1077 set_breakpoint_location_condition (exp
, loc
, b
->number
, loc_num
);
1082 /* We know that the new condition parsed successfully. The
1083 condition string of the breakpoint can be safely updated. */
1084 b
->cond_string
= make_unique_xstrdup (exp
);
1085 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
1087 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1089 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1092 /* See breakpoint.h. */
1095 set_breakpoint_condition (int bpnum
, const char *exp
, int from_tty
,
1098 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
1099 if (b
->number
== bpnum
)
1101 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1102 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1103 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1104 const struct extension_language_defn
*extlang
1105 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b
, EXT_LANG_NONE
);
1107 if (extlang
!= NULL
)
1109 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1110 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1111 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang
));
1113 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, exp
, from_tty
, force
);
1115 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
1116 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
1121 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bpnum
);
1124 /* The options for the "condition" command. */
1126 struct condition_command_opts
1129 bool force_condition
= false;
1132 static const gdb::option::option_def condition_command_option_defs
[] = {
1134 gdb::option::flag_option_def
<condition_command_opts
> {
1136 [] (condition_command_opts
*opts
) { return &opts
->force_condition
; },
1137 N_("Set the condition even if it is invalid for all current locations."),
1142 /* Create an option_def_group for the "condition" options, with
1143 CC_OPTS as context. */
1145 static inline gdb::option::option_def_group
1146 make_condition_command_options_def_group (condition_command_opts
*cc_opts
)
1148 return {{condition_command_option_defs
}, cc_opts
};
1151 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
1154 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
1155 completion_tracker
&tracker
,
1156 const char *text
, const char * /*word*/)
1158 bool has_no_arguments
= (*text
== '\0');
1159 condition_command_opts cc_opts
;
1160 const auto group
= make_condition_command_options_def_group (&cc_opts
);
1161 if (gdb::option::complete_options
1162 (tracker
, &text
, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_ERROR
, group
))
1165 text
= skip_spaces (text
);
1166 const char *space
= skip_to_space (text
);
1173 tracker
.advance_custom_word_point_by (1);
1174 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1175 if (!isdigit (text
[1]))
1176 complete_internalvar (tracker
, &text
[1]);
1180 /* Suggest the "-force" flag if no arguments are given. If
1181 arguments were passed, they either already include the flag,
1182 or we are beyond the point of suggesting it because it's
1183 positionally the first argument. */
1184 if (has_no_arguments
)
1185 gdb::option::complete_on_all_options (tracker
, group
);
1187 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1188 len
= strlen (text
);
1190 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
1194 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
1196 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
1197 tracker
.add_completion (make_unique_xstrdup (number
));
1203 /* We're completing the expression part. Skip the breakpoint num. */
1204 const char *exp_start
= skip_spaces (space
);
1205 tracker
.advance_custom_word_point_by (exp_start
- text
);
1207 const char *word
= advance_to_expression_complete_word_point (tracker
, text
);
1208 expression_completer (cmd
, tracker
, text
, word
);
1211 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1214 condition_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1220 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1224 /* Check if the "-force" flag was passed. */
1225 condition_command_opts cc_opts
;
1226 const auto group
= make_condition_command_options_def_group (&cc_opts
);
1227 gdb::option::process_options
1228 (&p
, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_ERROR
, group
);
1230 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1232 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1234 set_breakpoint_condition (bnum
, p
, from_tty
, cc_opts
.force_condition
);
1237 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1238 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1239 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1242 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1244 struct command_line
*c
;
1246 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1248 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1249 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1250 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1252 check_no_tracepoint_commands (c
->body_list_0
.get ());
1253 check_no_tracepoint_commands (c
->body_list_1
.get ());
1255 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1256 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1257 command directly. */
1258 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1259 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1261 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1262 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1266 struct longjmp_breakpoint
: public momentary_breakpoint
1268 using momentary_breakpoint::momentary_breakpoint
;
1270 ~longjmp_breakpoint () override
;
1273 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1276 is_tracepoint_type (bptype type
)
1278 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1279 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1280 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
1281 || type
== bp_static_marker_tracepoint
);
1284 /* See breakpoint.h. */
1287 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1289 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1292 /* Factory function to create an appropriate instance of breakpoint given
1295 template<typename
... Arg
>
1296 static std::unique_ptr
<code_breakpoint
>
1297 new_breakpoint_from_type (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, bptype type
,
1305 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
1306 b
= new ordinary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, type
,
1307 std::forward
<Arg
> (args
)...);
1310 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
1311 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
1313 b
= new tracepoint (gdbarch
, type
,
1314 std::forward
<Arg
> (args
)...);
1317 case bp_static_marker_tracepoint
:
1318 b
= new static_marker_tracepoint (gdbarch
, type
,
1319 std::forward
<Arg
> (args
)...);
1323 b
= new dprintf_breakpoint (gdbarch
, type
,
1324 std::forward
<Arg
> (args
)...);
1328 gdb_assert_not_reached ("invalid type");
1331 return std::unique_ptr
<code_breakpoint
> (b
);
1334 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1335 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1339 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1340 struct command_line
*commands
)
1342 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1344 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1345 struct command_line
*c
;
1346 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1348 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1349 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1353 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1354 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1355 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1356 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1357 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1358 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1359 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1360 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1361 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1362 tracepoint's context. */
1363 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1365 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1367 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1368 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1369 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1370 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
1371 || b
->type
== bp_static_marker_tracepoint
)
1372 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1373 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1376 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1377 "can be used only once"));
1382 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1386 struct command_line
*c2
;
1388 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_list_1
== nullptr);
1389 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list_0
.get ();
1390 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1392 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1393 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1399 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1403 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1404 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1406 std::vector
<breakpoint
*>
1407 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1409 std::vector
<breakpoint
*> found
;
1411 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
1412 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
1413 || b
->type
== bp_static_marker_tracepoint
)
1415 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
1416 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1417 found
.push_back (b
);
1423 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1424 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1427 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1428 counted_command_line
&&commands
)
1430 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
.get ());
1432 b
->commands
= std::move (commands
);
1433 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1436 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1437 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1441 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1443 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1446 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1447 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1450 /* See breakpoint.h. */
1453 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1455 /* It is invalid to set the thread field to anything other than -1 (which
1456 means no thread restriction) if a task restriction is already in
1458 gdb_assert (thread
== -1 || b
->task
== -1);
1460 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1463 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1464 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1467 /* See breakpoint.h. */
1470 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1472 /* It is invalid to set the task field to anything other than -1 (which
1473 means no task restriction) if a thread restriction is already in
1475 gdb_assert (task
== -1 || b
->thread
== -1);
1477 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1480 if (old_task
!= task
)
1481 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1485 commands_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1486 struct command_line
*control
)
1488 counted_command_line cmd
;
1489 /* cmd_read will be true once we have read cmd. Note that cmd might still be
1490 NULL after the call to read_command_lines if the user provides an empty
1491 list of command by just typing "end". */
1492 bool cmd_read
= false;
1494 std::string new_arg
;
1496 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1498 /* Argument not explicitly given. Synthesize it. */
1499 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1500 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1502 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1503 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1507 /* Create a copy of ARG. This is needed because the "commands"
1508 command may be coming from a script. In that case, the read
1509 line buffer is going to be overwritten in the lambda of
1510 'map_breakpoint_numbers' below when reading the next line
1511 before we are are done parsing the breakpoint numbers. */
1514 arg
= new_arg
.c_str ();
1516 map_breakpoint_numbers
1517 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
1521 gdb_assert (cmd
== NULL
);
1522 if (control
!= NULL
)
1523 cmd
= control
->body_list_0
;
1527 = string_printf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1528 "%s, one per line."),
1531 auto do_validate
= [=] (const char *line
)
1533 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1535 gdb::function_view
<void (const char *)> validator
;
1536 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1537 validator
= do_validate
;
1539 cmd
= read_command_lines (str
.c_str (), from_tty
, 1, validator
);
1544 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1546 if (b
->commands
!= cmd
)
1548 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, cmd
.get ());
1550 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1556 commands_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1558 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1561 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1562 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1564 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1565 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1566 enum command_control_type
1567 commands_from_control_command (const char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1569 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1570 return simple_control
;
1573 /* Return true if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1576 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1578 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1582 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1583 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1588 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1589 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1592 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1593 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1594 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1597 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1598 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1599 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
,
1600 struct bp_target_info
*target_info
,
1601 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
1603 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1604 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1608 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info
->placed_address_space
, 0,
1609 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1611 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1615 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1617 bp_addr
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1618 bp_size
= target_info
->shadow_len
;
1620 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1622 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1627 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1629 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1634 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1635 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1637 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1638 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1639 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1643 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1645 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1646 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1649 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1651 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1652 shadow_contents buffer. */
1653 gdb_assert (target_info
->shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1654 || readbuf
>= (target_info
->shadow_contents
1655 + target_info
->shadow_len
));
1657 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1659 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1660 target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1664 const unsigned char *bp
;
1665 CORE_ADDR addr
= target_info
->reqstd_address
;
1668 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1669 memcpy (target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1670 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1672 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1674 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &placed_size
);
1676 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1677 breakpoint's INSN. */
1678 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1682 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1683 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1685 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1686 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1687 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1689 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1690 bl->address - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1691 up to bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1692 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1693 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1694 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1695 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1696 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max)
1698 bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1701 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1702 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1703 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1705 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1707 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1709 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1710 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1711 report higher one. */
1714 bc_r
= bp_locations
.size ();
1715 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1717 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1719 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1720 bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1722 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1723 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1724 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1725 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1727 Use the BP_LOCATIONS_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1728 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1729 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1731 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1733 && (bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1740 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1741 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1742 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1743 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1744 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1747 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1749 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1750 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1751 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1754 && bp_locations
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_locations
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1757 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1759 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_locations
.size (); bc
++)
1761 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1763 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1764 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1765 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1768 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1771 if (bl
->address
>= bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1774 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
)))
1777 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1780 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1781 memaddr
, len
, &bl
->target_info
, bl
->gdbarch
);
1785 /* See breakpoint.h. */
1788 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1790 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1791 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1792 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1795 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1798 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1800 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1801 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1802 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1805 /* See breakpoint.h. */
1808 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1810 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1811 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1814 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1815 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1816 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1817 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1818 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1819 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1820 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1821 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1824 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1826 return (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
1827 && (b
->watchpoint_thread
== null_ptid
1828 || (inferior_ptid
== b
->watchpoint_thread
1829 && !inferior_thread ()->executing ())));
1832 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1833 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1836 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1838 if (w
->related_breakpoint
!= w
)
1840 gdb_assert (w
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1841 gdb_assert (w
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== w
);
1842 w
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1843 w
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= w
->related_breakpoint
;
1844 w
->related_breakpoint
= w
;
1846 w
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1847 disable_breakpoint (w
);
1850 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1853 static struct value
*
1854 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint
*w
, struct value
*val
)
1856 struct value
*bit_val
;
1861 bit_val
= value::allocate (val
->type ());
1863 val
->unpack_bitfield (bit_val
,
1866 val
->contents_for_printing ().data (),
1872 /* Allocate a dummy location and add it to B. This is required
1873 because bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1877 add_dummy_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1878 struct program_space
*pspace
)
1880 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
);
1882 b
->loc
= new bp_location (b
, bp_loc_other
);
1883 b
->loc
->pspace
= pspace
;
1886 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1887 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is true
1888 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1889 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1891 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1893 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1894 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1897 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1898 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1899 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1900 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1901 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1902 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1903 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1904 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1906 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1907 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1908 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1909 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1910 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1911 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1912 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1913 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1916 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1917 hardware watchpoints:
1919 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1920 called several times when GDB stops.
1923 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1924 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1925 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1926 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1927 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1928 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1929 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1930 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1931 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1932 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1933 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1935 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1936 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1939 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, bool reparse
)
1941 bool within_current_scope
;
1943 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1944 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1945 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1946 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1949 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1952 gdb::optional
<scoped_restore_selected_frame
> restore_frame
;
1954 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1955 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1956 within_current_scope
= true;
1959 frame_info_ptr fi
= get_current_frame ();
1960 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1961 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1963 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1964 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1965 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1966 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1967 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1970 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1971 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1972 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1973 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1975 restore_frame
.emplace ();
1977 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1978 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1979 if (within_current_scope
)
1983 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1984 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1985 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1988 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1993 s
= (b
->exp_string_reparse
1994 ? b
->exp_string_reparse
.get ()
1995 : b
->exp_string
.get ());
1996 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1997 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1998 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1999 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
2000 be completely different objects. */
2002 b
->val_valid
= false;
2004 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
2005 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
2006 locations (re)created below. */
2007 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
2009 b
->cond_exp
.reset ();
2011 s
= b
->cond_string
.get ();
2012 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
2016 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
2017 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
2018 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
2019 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
2020 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
2021 if (!target_has_execution ())
2023 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
2024 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
2025 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
2026 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
2028 if (b
->works_in_software_mode ())
2029 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2031 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2032 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2035 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
2037 std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> val_chain
;
2038 struct value
*v
, *result
;
2039 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
2041 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), b
->exp
->op
.get (), &v
, &result
,
2044 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
2045 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
2046 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
2047 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
2048 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
2050 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
2052 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
2053 v
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, v
);
2054 b
->val
= release_value (v
);
2055 b
->val_valid
= true;
2058 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
2060 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
2061 gdb_assert (!val_chain
.empty ());
2062 for (const value_ref_ptr
&iter
: val_chain
)
2066 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
2067 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
2068 must watch it. If the first value returned is
2069 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
2070 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
2071 if (v
->lval () == lval_memory
2072 && (v
== val_chain
[0] || ! v
->lazy ()))
2074 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (v
->type ());
2076 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
2077 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
2078 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
2080 || (vtype
->code () != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
2081 && vtype
->code () != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
2084 enum target_hw_bp_type type
;
2085 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
2086 int bitpos
= 0, bitsize
= 0;
2088 if (v
->bitsize () != 0)
2090 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
2092 bitpos
= v
->bitpos ();
2093 bitsize
= v
->bitsize ();
2095 else if (v
== result
&& b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
2097 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
2098 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
2099 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
2100 bitpos
= b
->val_bitpos
;
2101 bitsize
= b
->val_bitsize
;
2104 addr
= v
->address ();
2107 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
2112 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
2114 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
2117 loc
= b
->allocate_location ();
2118 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
2121 loc
->gdbarch
= v
->type ()->arch ();
2123 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
2125 = gdbarch_remove_non_address_bits (loc
->gdbarch
, addr
);
2129 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
2130 loc
->length
= ((bitpos
% 8) + bitsize
+ 7) / 8;
2133 loc
->length
= v
->type ()->length ();
2135 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
2140 /* Helper function to bundle possibly emitting a warning along with
2141 changing the type of B to bp_watchpoint. */
2142 auto change_type_to_bp_watchpoint
= [] (breakpoint
*bp
)
2144 /* Only warn for breakpoints that have been assigned a +ve number,
2145 anything else is either an internal watchpoint (which we don't
2146 currently create) or has not yet been finalized, in which case
2147 this change of type will be occurring before the user is told
2148 the type of this watchpoint. */
2149 if (bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bp
->number
> 0)
2150 warning (_("watchpoint %d downgraded to software watchpoint"),
2152 bp
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2155 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
2156 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support and
2157 free hardware slots. Recheck the number of free hardware slots
2158 as the value chain may have changed. */
2161 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
2163 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
2167 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
2170 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
2171 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
2172 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
2174 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
2175 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
2176 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
2177 this watchpoint in as well. */
2179 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
2180 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
2181 hardware watchpoint type. */
2183 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
2184 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
2186 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
2187 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
2188 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
2189 through watch_command), so always account for it
2192 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
2193 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (b
, type
, &other_type_used
);
2195 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
2196 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
2199 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
2200 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
2202 bool sw_mode
= b
->works_in_software_mode ();
2204 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
2205 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
2206 "hardware watchpoint."));
2207 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
2208 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
2209 "resources for this watchpoint."));
2211 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
2212 change_type_to_bp_watchpoint (b
);
2216 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
2217 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
2218 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
2223 else if (!b
->works_in_software_mode ())
2225 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
2226 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2227 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2229 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2230 "read/access watchpoint."));
2233 change_type_to_bp_watchpoint (b
);
2235 loc_type
= (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_software_watchpoint
2236 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
2237 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
2238 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
2241 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2242 above left it without any location set up. But,
2243 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2244 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2245 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
)
2246 add_dummy_location (b
, frame_pspace
);
2248 else if (!within_current_scope
)
2251 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2252 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2254 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
2258 /* Returns true iff breakpoint location should be
2259 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2260 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2261 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2262 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2265 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2267 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2270 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2273 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->disabled_by_cond
2274 || bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2277 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2280 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2281 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2282 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2283 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2284 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2285 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2286 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2287 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2288 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2291 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2292 location, except if the breakpoint is a single-step breakpoint,
2293 and the breakpoint's thread is the thread which is stepping past
2295 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2296 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2297 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
2299 /* The single-step breakpoint may be inserted at the location
2300 we're trying to step if the instruction branches to itself.
2301 However, the instruction won't be executed at all and it may
2302 break the semantics of the instruction, for example, the
2303 instruction is a conditional branch or updates some flags.
2304 We can't fix it unless GDB is able to emulate the instruction
2305 or switch to displaced stepping. */
2306 && !(bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
2307 && thread_is_stepping_over_breakpoint (bl
->owner
->thread
)))
2309 infrun_debug_printf ("skipping breakpoint: stepping past insn at: %s",
2310 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2314 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2315 instruction that triggered one. */
2316 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2317 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2319 infrun_debug_printf ("stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2320 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d",
2321 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
), bl
->length
);
2328 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2329 that the location is not duplicated. */
2332 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2334 scoped_restore restore_bl_duplicate
2335 = make_scoped_restore (&bl
->duplicate
, 0);
2337 return should_be_inserted (bl
);
2340 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2341 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2342 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2343 any error during parsing. */
2345 static agent_expr_up
2346 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2351 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2353 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2354 that may show up. */
2357 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2360 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&ex
)
2362 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2363 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2364 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2367 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2371 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2372 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2373 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2374 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2375 one of them is true. */
2378 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2380 bool null_condition_or_parse_error
= false;
2381 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2383 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2384 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.clear ();
2386 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2387 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2388 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2390 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2391 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2394 auto loc_range
= all_bp_locations_at_addr (bl
->address
);
2396 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2397 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent
2398 expression bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to
2399 send conditions to the target since this location will always
2400 trigger and generate a response back to GDB. Note we consider
2401 all locations at the same address irrespective of type, i.e.,
2402 even if the locations aren't considered duplicates (e.g.,
2403 software breakpoint and hardware breakpoint at the same
2405 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2407 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2411 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2412 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2413 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2414 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2415 loc
->cond_bytecode
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2419 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2420 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2421 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2423 null_condition_or_parse_error
= true;
2429 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2430 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2431 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2433 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2434 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2435 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2437 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2439 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2441 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2443 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2446 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
2451 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a
2452 condition list for this location's address. If we have software
2453 and hardware locations at the same address, they aren't
2454 considered duplicates, but we still marge all the conditions
2455 anyway, as it's simpler, and doesn't really make a practical
2457 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2459 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2460 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2461 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2463 && !loc
->disabled_by_cond
)
2465 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later
2466 to send the conditions to the target. */
2467 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.push_back (loc
->cond_bytecode
.get ());
2473 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2474 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2475 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2477 static agent_expr_up
2478 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2480 const char *cmdrest
;
2481 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2482 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2489 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2491 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2493 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2494 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2496 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2498 format_pieces
fpieces (&cmdrest
);
2500 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2502 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2503 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2505 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2507 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2508 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2510 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2512 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2514 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2516 std::vector
<struct expression
*> argvec
;
2517 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2522 expression_up expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
),
2523 PARSER_COMMA_TERMINATES
);
2524 argvec
.push_back (expr
.release ());
2526 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2530 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2532 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2533 that may show up. */
2536 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2537 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2538 argvec
.size (), argvec
.data ());
2540 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&ex
)
2542 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2543 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2544 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2547 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2551 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2552 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2553 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2556 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2558 bool null_command_or_parse_error
= false;
2559 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2561 /* Clear commands left over from a previous insert. */
2562 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.clear ();
2564 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2567 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2568 if (dprintf_style
!= dprintf_style_agent
)
2571 auto loc_range
= all_bp_locations_at_addr (bl
->address
);
2573 /* For now, if we have any location at the same address that isn't a
2574 dprintf, don't install the target-side commands, as that would
2575 make the breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2577 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2578 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2579 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2580 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
)
2583 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2584 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2585 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2586 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2587 response back to GDB. */
2588 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2590 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2594 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2595 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2596 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2597 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2599 = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2600 loc
->owner
->extra_string
.get ());
2603 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2604 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2605 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2607 null_command_or_parse_error
= true;
2613 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2615 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2617 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2618 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2619 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2621 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2623 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2626 loc
->cmd_bytecode
.reset ();
2630 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command
2631 list for all duplicate locations at this location's address.
2632 Note that here we must care for whether the breakpoint location
2633 types are considered duplicates, otherwise, say, if we have a
2634 software and hardware location at the same address, the target
2635 could end up running the commands twice. For the moment, we only
2636 support targets-side commands with dprintf, but it doesn't hurt
2637 to be pedantically correct in case that changes. */
2638 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2639 if (breakpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
)
2640 && loc
->owner
->extra_string
2641 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2642 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2643 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2645 && !loc
->disabled_by_cond
)
2647 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2648 to send the commands to the target. */
2649 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.push_back (loc
->cmd_bytecode
.get ());
2652 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2653 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2654 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2655 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2658 /* Return the kind of breakpoint on address *ADDR. Get the kind
2659 of breakpoint according to ADDR except single-step breakpoint.
2660 Get the kind of single-step breakpoint according to the current
2664 breakpoint_kind (const struct bp_location
*bl
, CORE_ADDR
*addr
)
2666 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
)
2668 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (bl
->owner
->thread
);
2669 struct regcache
*regcache
;
2671 regcache
= get_thread_regcache (thr
);
2673 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_current_state (bl
->gdbarch
,
2677 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_pc (bl
->gdbarch
, addr
);
2680 /* Rethrow the currently handled exception, if it's a TARGET_CLOSE_ERROR.
2681 E is either the currently handled exception, or a copy, or a sliced copy,
2682 so we can't rethrow that one, but we can use it to inspect the properties
2683 of the currently handled exception. */
2686 rethrow_on_target_close_error (const gdb_exception
&e
)
2690 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2692 if (e
.error
!= TARGET_CLOSE_ERROR
)
2695 /* If the target has closed then it will have deleted any breakpoints
2696 inserted within the target inferior, as a result any further attempts
2697 to interact with the breakpoint objects is not possible. Just rethrow
2698 the error. Don't use e to rethrow, to prevent object slicing of the
2703 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2704 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2705 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2706 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2709 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2710 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2712 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2713 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2714 int *disabled_breaks
,
2715 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2716 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2718 gdb_exception bp_excpt
;
2720 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2723 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2724 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2725 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2726 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2727 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2728 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2729 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2730 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2731 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2732 bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
= bl
->address
;
2733 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2734 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2736 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2737 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2738 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2739 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2741 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2743 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2744 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2745 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2746 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2749 /* If "set breakpoint auto-hw" is "on" and a software breakpoint was
2750 set at a read-only address, then a breakpoint location will have
2751 been changed to hardware breakpoint before we get here. If it is
2752 "off" however, error out before actually trying to insert the
2753 breakpoint, with a nicer error message. */
2754 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2755 && !automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2757 mem_region
*mr
= lookup_mem_region (bl
->address
);
2759 if (mr
!= nullptr && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2761 gdb_printf (tmp_error_stream
,
2762 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2763 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2764 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2766 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2771 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2772 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2774 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2775 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2776 || bl
->section
== NULL
2777 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2779 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2784 val
= bl
->owner
->insert_location (bl
);
2786 bp_excpt
= gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2788 catch (gdb_exception
&e
)
2790 rethrow_on_target_close_error (e
);
2791 bp_excpt
= std::move (e
);
2796 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2797 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2798 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2800 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2801 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2802 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2803 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2804 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2808 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2810 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2811 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2812 bl
->overlay_target_info
.reqstd_address
= addr
;
2814 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2819 bl
->overlay_target_info
.kind
2820 = breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
2821 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2822 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2823 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2826 = gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2828 catch (gdb_exception
&e
)
2830 rethrow_on_target_close_error (e
);
2831 bp_excpt
= std::move (e
);
2834 if (bp_excpt
.reason
!= 0)
2835 gdb_printf (tmp_error_stream
,
2836 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2837 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2841 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2842 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2844 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2849 val
= bl
->owner
->insert_location (bl
);
2851 bp_excpt
= gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2853 catch (gdb_exception_error
&e
)
2855 rethrow_on_target_close_error (e
);
2856 bp_excpt
= std::move (e
);
2861 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2862 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2867 if (bp_excpt
.reason
!= 0)
2869 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2870 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= nullptr);
2872 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2873 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2874 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2875 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2876 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2877 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2878 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2879 errors as memory errors. */
2880 if (bp_excpt
.reason
== RETURN_ERROR
2881 && (bp_excpt
.error
== GENERIC_ERROR
2882 || bp_excpt
.error
== MEMORY_ERROR
)
2883 && bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2884 && (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
2885 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
2888 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2889 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2890 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bl
->owner
);
2891 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2893 gdb_printf (tmp_error_stream
,
2894 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2896 gdb_printf (tmp_error_stream
,
2897 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2898 "library breakpoints:\n");
2900 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2901 gdb_printf (tmp_error_stream
,
2902 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2907 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2909 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2910 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= bp_excpt
.message
!= NULL
;
2911 gdb_printf (tmp_error_stream
,
2912 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2914 bp_excpt
.message
? ":" : ".\n");
2915 if (bp_excpt
.message
!= NULL
)
2916 gdb_printf (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n",
2921 if (bp_excpt
.message
== NULL
)
2924 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2925 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2927 gdb_printf (tmp_error_stream
,
2928 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2930 bl
->owner
->number
, message
.c_str ());
2934 gdb_printf (tmp_error_stream
,
2935 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2950 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2951 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2955 val
= bl
->owner
->insert_location (bl
);
2957 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2958 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2959 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2961 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2962 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2964 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
2966 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2967 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2971 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2972 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2979 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2980 val
= bl
->owner
->insert_location (bl
);
2983 /* Back to the original value. */
2984 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2988 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2991 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2995 val
= bl
->owner
->insert_location (bl
);
2998 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3002 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
3003 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
3005 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
3008 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
3010 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
3011 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
3012 so just return success. */
3019 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
3020 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
3024 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
3026 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
3027 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
3028 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
3029 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3031 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
3032 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
3033 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
3035 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
3037 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
3039 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3040 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
3041 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
3043 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
3044 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
3046 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
3052 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
3053 removed locations above. */
3054 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
3057 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
3058 Throws exception on any error.
3059 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
3060 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
3062 insert_breakpoints (void)
3064 for (breakpoint
*bpt
: all_breakpoints ())
3065 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3067 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
3069 update_watchpoint (w
, false /* don't reparse. */);
3072 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
3073 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
3074 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. Also,
3075 update_global_location_list tries to "upgrade" software
3076 breakpoints to hardware breakpoints to handle "set breakpoint
3077 auto-hw", so we need to call it even if we don't have new
3079 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
3082 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
3083 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
3084 always-inserted mode. */
3087 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
3091 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3092 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3093 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
3095 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
3097 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3098 there was an error. */
3099 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
3101 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
3103 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
3105 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
3107 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
3110 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
3111 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
3112 deletion of breakpoints. */
3113 if (!bl
->inserted
|| !bl
->needs_update
)
3116 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3118 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3119 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3120 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3121 insert breakpoints. */
3122 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3123 && (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
|| !target_has_execution ()))
3126 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3127 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
3134 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
3135 error (("%s"), tmp_error_stream
.c_str ());
3139 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
3142 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
3146 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3147 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3148 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
3150 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
3152 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3153 there was an error. */
3154 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
3156 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
3158 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
3160 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3163 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
3164 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
3165 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3166 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
3167 && !valid_global_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
3170 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3172 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3173 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3174 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3175 insert breakpoints. */
3176 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3177 && (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
|| !target_has_execution ()))
3180 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3181 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
3186 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
3187 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3188 for (breakpoint
*bpt
: all_breakpoints ())
3190 bool some_failed
= false;
3192 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3195 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3198 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
3201 for (bp_location
*loc
: bpt
->locations ())
3202 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
3210 for (bp_location
*loc
: bpt
->locations ())
3212 remove_breakpoint (loc
);
3214 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
3215 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert "
3216 "hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3224 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3225 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3226 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
3228 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3229 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3231 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
3232 error (("%s"), tmp_error_stream
.c_str ());
3236 /* Used when the program stops.
3237 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3238 removing a breakpoint location. */
3241 remove_breakpoints (void)
3245 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
3246 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
3247 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3252 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3256 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
3258 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
3260 if (b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
3263 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %s no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3264 b
->number
, print_thread_id (tp
));
3265 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3270 /* See breakpoint.h. */
3273 remove_breakpoints_inf (inferior
*inf
)
3277 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
3279 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3282 if (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->target_info
.persist
)
3284 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3291 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3293 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3294 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3295 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3296 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3297 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3298 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3300 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3303 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3306 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3307 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3311 /* Create a TYPE breakpoint on ADDRESS from an object file with GDBARCH. */
3313 static struct breakpoint
*
3314 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3315 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
)
3317 std::unique_ptr
<internal_breakpoint
> b
3318 (new internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, type
, address
));
3320 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3322 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
3325 /* Create a TYPE breakpoint on minimal symbol MSYM from an object file with
3328 static struct breakpoint
*
3329 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3330 struct bound_minimal_symbol
&msym
, enum bptype type
)
3334 address
= msym
.value_address ();
3336 address
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr
3337 (gdbarch
, address
, current_inferior ()->top_target ());
3339 /* Note that we're not using gdbarch_addr_bits_remove here, because that's
3340 related to addresses in $pc. We're getting the address from the
3341 minimal symbol table. */
3343 /* Is gdbarch_deprecated_function_start_offset needed here? Or is that dealt
3344 with elsewhere? Needs testing on vax. */
3346 if (gdbarch_skip_entrypoint_p (gdbarch
))
3347 address
= gdbarch_skip_entrypoint (gdbarch
, address
);
3349 return create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, type
);
3352 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3354 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3356 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3358 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3359 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3361 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3362 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym
;
3364 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3365 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
3367 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3368 int longjmp_searched
= 0;
3370 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). These are non-owning
3372 std::vector
<probe
*> longjmp_probes
;
3374 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3375 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym
;
3377 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3378 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym
;
3380 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3381 int exception_searched
= 0;
3383 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). These are non-owning
3385 std::vector
<probe
*> exception_probes
;
3388 static const registry
<objfile
>::key
<breakpoint_objfile_data
>
3389 breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3391 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3392 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3394 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3397 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3399 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3402 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3403 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3405 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3406 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3408 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3410 bp_objfile_data
= breakpoint_objfile_key
.get (objfile
);
3411 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3412 bp_objfile_data
= breakpoint_objfile_key
.emplace (objfile
);
3413 return bp_objfile_data
;
3417 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3419 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3421 for (objfile
*objfile
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3423 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3424 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3427 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3429 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
))
3432 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3434 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3436 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3437 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3439 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3440 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3443 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3446 addr
= bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.value_address ();
3447 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (objfile
->arch (), addr
,
3449 b
->locspec
= new_explicit_location_spec_function (func_name
);
3451 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3453 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3454 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3458 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3459 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3464 /* Install a master longjmp breakpoint for OBJFILE using a probe. Return
3465 true if a breakpoint was installed. */
3468 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint_probe (objfile
*objfile
)
3470 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= objfile
->arch ();
3471 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
3472 = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3474 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3476 std::vector
<probe
*> ret
3477 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3481 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3484 if (!p
->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3486 /* We cannot use the probe interface here,
3487 because it does not know how to evaluate
3492 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3493 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3496 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
.empty ())
3499 for (probe
*p
: bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
)
3501 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3503 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3504 p
->get_relocated_address (objfile
),
3506 b
->locspec
= new_probe_location_spec ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3507 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3513 /* Install master longjmp breakpoints for OBJFILE using longjmp_names.
3514 Return true if at least one breakpoint was installed. */
3517 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint_names (objfile
*objfile
)
3519 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= objfile
->arch ();
3520 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3523 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
3524 = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3525 unsigned int installed_bp
= 0;
3527 for (int i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3529 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3530 const char *func_name
;
3533 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
))
3536 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3537 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
== NULL
)
3539 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3541 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3542 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3544 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3545 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3548 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3551 addr
= bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].value_address ();
3552 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
);
3553 b
->locspec
= new_explicit_location_spec_function (func_name
);
3554 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3558 return installed_bp
> 0;
3561 /* Create a master longjmp breakpoint. */
3564 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3566 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3568 for (struct program_space
*pspace
: program_spaces
)
3570 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3572 for (objfile
*obj
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3574 /* Skip separate debug object, it's handled in the loop below. */
3575 if (obj
->separate_debug_objfile_backlink
!= nullptr)
3578 /* Try a probe kind breakpoint on main objfile. */
3579 if (create_longjmp_master_breakpoint_probe (obj
))
3582 /* Try longjmp_names kind breakpoints on main and separate_debug
3584 for (objfile
*debug_objfile
: obj
->separate_debug_objfiles ())
3585 if (create_longjmp_master_breakpoint_names (debug_objfile
))
3591 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3593 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3595 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3597 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3599 for (struct program_space
*pspace
: program_spaces
)
3601 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3603 for (objfile
*objfile
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3605 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3606 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3608 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3610 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
))
3613 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3615 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3617 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3618 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
|| (m
.minsym
->type () != mst_text
3619 && m
.minsym
->type () != mst_file_text
))
3621 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3622 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3625 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3628 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (objfile
->arch (),
3629 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
,
3630 bp_std_terminate_master
);
3631 b
->locspec
= new_explicit_location_spec_function (func_name
);
3632 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3637 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook for OBJFILE using a
3638 probe. Return true if a breakpoint was installed. */
3641 create_exception_master_breakpoint_probe (objfile
*objfile
)
3643 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3644 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3645 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3647 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3649 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3650 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3652 std::vector
<probe
*> ret
3653 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3657 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3660 if (!p
->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3662 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3663 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3667 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3668 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3671 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
.empty ())
3674 gdbarch
= objfile
->arch ();
3676 for (probe
*p
: bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
)
3678 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3679 p
->get_relocated_address (objfile
),
3680 bp_exception_master
);
3681 b
->locspec
= new_probe_location_spec ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3682 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3688 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook for OBJFILE using
3689 _Unwind_DebugHook. Return true if a breakpoint was installed. */
3692 create_exception_master_breakpoint_hook (objfile
*objfile
)
3694 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3695 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3696 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3697 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3699 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3701 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
))
3704 gdbarch
= objfile
->arch ();
3706 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3708 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook
;
3710 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3711 if (debug_hook
.minsym
== NULL
)
3713 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3717 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3720 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
,
3721 bp_exception_master
);
3722 b
->locspec
= new_explicit_location_spec_function (func_name
);
3723 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3728 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3731 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3733 for (objfile
*obj
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3735 /* Skip separate debug object. */
3736 if (obj
->separate_debug_objfile_backlink
)
3739 /* Try a probe kind breakpoint. */
3740 if (create_exception_master_breakpoint_probe (obj
))
3743 /* Iterate over main and separate debug objects and try an
3744 _Unwind_DebugHook kind breakpoint. */
3745 for (objfile
*debug_objfile
: obj
->separate_debug_objfiles ())
3746 if (create_exception_master_breakpoint_hook (debug_objfile
))
3751 /* Does B have a location spec? */
3754 breakpoint_location_spec_empty_p (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
3756 return (b
->locspec
!= nullptr && b
->locspec
->empty_p ());
3760 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3762 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3763 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3764 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3765 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3766 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3767 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3768 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3769 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3770 for (bp_location
*bploc
: all_bp_locations ())
3771 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3772 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3774 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
3776 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3779 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3780 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3782 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3786 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3787 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3789 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3793 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3794 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3795 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3796 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3797 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3799 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3803 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3804 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3806 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3810 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3811 if (b
->type
== bp_single_step
)
3813 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3817 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3819 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3820 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3821 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3823 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3827 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3829 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3830 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3831 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3832 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3836 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3837 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3838 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3839 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3840 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3841 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3843 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3844 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3845 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3846 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3847 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3848 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3849 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3851 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3852 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3853 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3854 let finish_command delete it.
3856 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3857 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3858 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3859 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3860 solib breakpoints.) */
3862 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3867 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3868 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3870 if (breakpoint_location_spec_empty_p (b
))
3872 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3879 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3882 scoped_restore save_inferior_ptid
= make_scoped_restore (&inferior_ptid
);
3883 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3885 if (ptid
.pid () == inferior_ptid
.pid ())
3886 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3888 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3889 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3890 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
3892 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3895 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3896 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3897 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other and
3898 bp_loc_software_watchpoint are only maintained at GDB side,
3899 so there is no need to remove them. Moreover, removing these
3900 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3901 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
3902 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_watchpoint
)
3906 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3912 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3913 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3914 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3915 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3916 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3919 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
3923 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3924 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3926 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3927 This should not ever happen. */
3928 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3930 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3931 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3933 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3934 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3935 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3937 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3938 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3939 || bl
->section
== NULL
3940 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3942 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3944 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3945 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3946 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3947 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3948 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3949 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3950 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3951 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3952 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3953 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3954 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3955 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3956 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3957 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3958 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3959 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3960 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3961 they should always be removed. */
3962 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
3963 && bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
!= 0
3964 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
))
3967 val
= bl
->owner
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3971 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3972 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3973 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3975 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3976 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3978 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3979 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3980 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3981 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3982 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3984 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3985 &bl
->overlay_target_info
,
3988 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3989 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3992 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3993 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3994 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3995 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3997 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3998 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3999 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
4000 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
4001 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4002 val
= bl
->owner
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
4008 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
4013 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
4014 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
4015 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
4016 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
4017 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
4018 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
4019 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
4020 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
4021 always-inserted mode. */
4023 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4024 && (bl
->shlib_disabled
4025 || solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
4026 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
4032 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
4034 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
4036 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
4037 bl
->owner
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
4039 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
4040 if (reason
== REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
&& bl
->inserted
)
4041 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
4044 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
4045 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4048 val
= bl
->owner
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
4052 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
4059 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
4061 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
4062 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
4064 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
4065 This should not ever happen. */
4066 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
4068 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
4070 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
4072 return remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
);
4075 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
4078 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
4080 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
4081 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
4085 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
4086 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
4088 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
4091 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
4092 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
4093 init_wait_for_inferior). */
4098 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
4100 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
4102 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
4104 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
4107 mark_breakpoints_out ();
4109 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
4111 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
4117 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
4119 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
4120 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
4123 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4125 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
4127 case bp_shlib_event
:
4129 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
4130 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
4131 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
4132 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
4133 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
4135 (gdb) file prog-linux
4136 (gdb) run # native linux target
4139 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
4140 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
4143 case bp_step_resume
:
4145 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
4147 case bp_single_step
:
4149 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
4151 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4155 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4156 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4157 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4159 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4161 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4162 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
4163 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4166 /* Get rid of existing locations, which are no longer
4167 valid. New ones will be created in
4168 update_watchpoint, when the inferior is restarted.
4169 The next update_global_location_list call will
4170 garbage collect them. */
4173 if (context
== inf_starting
)
4175 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4176 insert_breakpoints. */
4177 w
->val
.reset (nullptr);
4178 w
->val_valid
= false;
4188 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4189 for (bp_location
*bl
: moribund_locations
)
4190 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
4191 moribund_locations
.clear ();
4194 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4195 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4196 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4197 match, not program space. */
4199 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4200 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4201 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4202 permanent breakpoint.
4203 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4204 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4205 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4206 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4207 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4209 enum breakpoint_here
4210 breakpoint_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4212 bool any_breakpoint_here
= false;
4214 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
4216 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4217 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4220 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4221 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4223 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4225 if (overlay_debugging
4226 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4227 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4228 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4229 else if (bl
->permanent
)
4230 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
4232 any_breakpoint_here
= true;
4236 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: no_breakpoint_here
;
4239 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4242 breakpoint_in_range_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4243 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4245 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
4247 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4248 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4251 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4253 && breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (bl
, aspace
,
4256 if (overlay_debugging
4257 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4258 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4260 /* Unmapped overlay -- can't be a match. */
4271 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4274 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4276 for (bp_location
*loc
: moribund_locations
)
4277 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
4283 /* Returns true iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space ASPACE. */
4286 bp_location_inserted_here_p (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
4287 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4290 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4293 /* An unmapped overlay can't be a match. */
4294 return !(overlay_debugging
4295 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4296 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
));
4301 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4304 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4306 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations_at_addr (pc
))
4308 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4309 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4312 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4318 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4322 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4325 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations_at_addr (pc
))
4327 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4330 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4337 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4340 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4343 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations_at_addr (pc
))
4345 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4348 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4356 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (const address_space
*aspace
,
4357 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4359 for (breakpoint
*bpt
: all_breakpoints ())
4361 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4362 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4365 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4368 for (bp_location
*loc
: bpt
->locations ())
4369 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4373 /* Check for intersection. */
4374 l
= std::max
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
, addr
);
4375 h
= std::min
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4383 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4386 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
4388 return (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4391 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4392 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4395 bpstat_clear (bpstat
**bsp
)
4412 bpstat::bpstat (const bpstat
&other
)
4414 bp_location_at (other
.bp_location_at
),
4415 breakpoint_at (other
.breakpoint_at
),
4416 commands (other
.commands
),
4417 print (other
.print
),
4419 print_it (other
.print_it
)
4421 if (other
.old_val
!= NULL
)
4422 old_val
= release_value (other
.old_val
->copy ());
4425 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4426 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4429 bpstat_copy (bpstat
*bs
)
4431 bpstat
*p
= nullptr;
4433 bpstat
*retval
= nullptr;
4438 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4440 tmp
= new bpstat (*bs
);
4443 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4453 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4456 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat
*bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4461 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4463 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4469 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4472 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat
*bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4474 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4476 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4478 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4480 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4485 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->explains_signal (sig
))
4493 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4496 bpstat_num (bpstat
**bsp
, int *num
)
4498 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4501 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4503 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4504 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4505 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4506 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4507 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4509 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4511 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4515 /* See breakpoint.h */
4518 bpstat_locno (const bpstat
*bs
)
4520 const struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4521 const struct bp_location
*bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
.get ();
4525 if (b
!= nullptr && b
->loc
!= nullptr && b
->loc
->next
!= nullptr)
4527 const bp_location
*bl_i
;
4530 bl_i
!= bl
&& bl_i
->next
!= nullptr;
4538 warning (_("location number not found for breakpoint %d address %s."),
4539 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
4547 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4550 print_num_locno (const bpstat
*bs
, struct ui_out
*uiout
)
4552 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4555 uiout
->text (_("deleted breakpoint"));
4558 uiout
->field_signed ("bkptno", b
->number
);
4560 int locno
= bpstat_locno (bs
);
4562 uiout
->message (".%pF", signed_field ("locno", locno
));
4566 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4569 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4573 if (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
)
4576 thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4577 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4579 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4580 bs
->old_val
.reset (nullptr);
4584 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4587 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4589 if (inferior_ptid
!= null_ptid
)
4591 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4593 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4594 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4595 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4596 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4597 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4601 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4604 /* Return true iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4605 or its equivalent. */
4608 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4610 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0);
4613 /* Sets the $_hit_bpnum and $_hit_locno to bpnum and locno.
4614 A locno 0 is changed to 1 to e.g. let the user do
4615 (gdb) disable $_hit_bpnum.$_hit_locno
4616 for a single location breakpoint. */
4619 set_hit_convenience_vars (int bpnum
, int locno
)
4621 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("_hit_bpnum"), bpnum
);
4622 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("_hit_locno"),
4623 (locno
> 0 ? locno
: 1));
4626 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4627 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4628 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4629 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4631 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4632 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4633 bpstat of the current thread. */
4636 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
**bsp
)
4641 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4643 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4646 scoped_restore save_executing
4647 = make_scoped_restore (&executing_breakpoint_commands
, 1);
4649 scoped_restore preventer
= prevent_dont_repeat ();
4651 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4654 /* The $_hit_* convenience variables are set before running the
4655 commands of BS. In case we have several bs, after the loop,
4656 we set again the variables to the first printed bpnum and locno.
4657 For multiple breakpoints, this ensures the variables are set to the
4658 breakpoint printed for the user. */
4659 int printed_hit_bpnum
= -1;
4660 int printed_hit_locno
= -1;
4662 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4663 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4665 struct command_line
*cmd
= NULL
;
4667 /* Set the _hit_* convenience variables before running BS's commands. */
4669 const struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4672 int locno
= bpstat_locno (bs
);
4674 set_hit_convenience_vars (b
->number
, locno
);
4675 if (printed_hit_locno
== -1 && bs
->print
)
4677 printed_hit_bpnum
= b
->number
;
4678 printed_hit_locno
= locno
;
4683 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4685 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4686 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4687 frees the bpstat BS and its command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4688 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4689 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4690 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4691 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4692 the tree when we're done. */
4693 counted_command_line ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4694 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4697 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4699 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4705 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4706 /* After execute_control_command, if breakpoint_proceeded is true,
4707 BS has been freed and cannot be accessed anymore. */
4709 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4715 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4717 if (current_ui
->async
)
4718 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4719 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4720 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4723 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4724 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4725 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4726 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4727 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4728 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4729 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4730 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4731 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4732 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4733 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4734 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4735 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4741 /* Now that we have executed the commands of all bs, set the _hit_*
4742 convenience variables to the printed values. */
4743 if (printed_hit_locno
!= -1)
4744 set_hit_convenience_vars (printed_hit_bpnum
, printed_hit_locno
);
4749 /* Helper for bpstat_do_actions. Get the current thread, if there's
4750 one, is alive and has execution. Return NULL otherwise. */
4752 static thread_info
*
4753 get_bpstat_thread ()
4755 if (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
|| !target_has_execution ())
4758 thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4759 if (tp
->state
== THREAD_EXITED
|| tp
->executing ())
4765 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4767 auto cleanup_if_error
= make_scope_exit (bpstat_clear_actions
);
4770 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4771 while ((tp
= get_bpstat_thread ()) != NULL
)
4773 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the
4774 inferior, and only return when it is stopped at the next
4775 breakpoint, we keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns
4776 false to indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4777 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4781 cleanup_if_error
.release ();
4784 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4787 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4790 fprintf_styled (stream
, metadata_style
.style (), _("<unreadable>"));
4793 struct value_print_options opts
;
4794 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4795 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4799 /* Print the "Thread ID hit" part of "Thread ID hit Breakpoint N" if
4800 debugging multiple threads. */
4803 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (struct ui_out
*uiout
)
4805 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4810 if (show_thread_that_caused_stop ())
4812 struct thread_info
*thr
= inferior_thread ();
4814 uiout
->text ("Thread ");
4815 uiout
->field_string ("thread-id", print_thread_id (thr
));
4817 const char *name
= thread_name (thr
);
4820 uiout
->text (" \"");
4821 uiout
->field_string ("name", name
);
4825 uiout
->text (" hit ");
4829 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4830 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4831 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4832 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4835 static enum print_stop_action
4836 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat
*bs
)
4838 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4841 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4842 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4846 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4847 relevant messages. */
4848 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4851 case print_it_normal
:
4853 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4855 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4856 which has since been deleted. */
4858 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4860 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4861 return b
->print_it (bs
);
4866 internal_error (_("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4871 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4874 print_solib_event (bool is_catchpoint
)
4876 bool any_deleted
= !current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
.empty ();
4877 bool any_added
= !current_program_space
->added_solibs
.empty ();
4881 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4882 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4884 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4885 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4888 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4889 current_uiout
->field_string ("reason",
4890 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4894 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior unloaded "));
4895 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "removed");
4896 for (int ix
= 0; ix
< current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
.size (); ix
++)
4898 const std::string
&name
= current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
[ix
];
4901 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4902 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", name
);
4903 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4909 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior loaded "));
4910 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "added");
4912 for (so_list
*iter
: current_program_space
->added_solibs
)
4915 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4917 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", iter
->so_name
);
4918 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4923 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4924 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4925 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4926 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4927 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4928 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4929 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4932 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4933 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4934 code to print the location. An example is
4935 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4937 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4938 to also print the location part of the message.
4939 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4940 don't require a location appended to the end.
4941 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4942 further info to be printed. */
4944 enum print_stop_action
4945 bpstat_print (bpstat
*bs
, target_waitkind kind
)
4947 enum print_stop_action val
;
4949 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4950 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4951 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4952 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4953 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4955 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4956 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4957 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4958 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4962 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4963 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4964 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4965 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4967 print_solib_event (false);
4968 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4971 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4972 with and nothing was printed. */
4973 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4976 /* Evaluate the boolean expression EXP and return the result. */
4979 breakpoint_cond_eval (expression
*exp
)
4981 scoped_value_mark mark
;
4982 return value_true (exp
->evaluate ());
4985 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4987 bpstat::bpstat (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
***bs_link_pointer
)
4989 bp_location_at (bp_location_ref_ptr::new_reference (bl
)),
4990 breakpoint_at (bl
->owner
),
4994 print_it (print_it_normal
)
4996 **bs_link_pointer
= this;
4997 *bs_link_pointer
= &next
;
5002 breakpoint_at (NULL
),
5006 print_it (print_it_normal
)
5010 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
5011 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
5014 watchpoints_triggered (const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
5016 bool stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
5019 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
5021 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
5022 as not triggered. */
5023 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
5024 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5026 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5028 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
5034 if (!target_stopped_data_address (current_inferior ()->top_target (), &addr
))
5036 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
5037 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
5038 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
5039 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5041 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5043 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
5049 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
5050 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
5053 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
5054 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5056 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5058 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
5059 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
5061 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
5063 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
5064 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
5066 if (newaddr
== start
)
5068 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5072 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
5073 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range
5074 (current_inferior ()->top_target (), addr
, loc
->address
,
5077 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5086 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check. */
5087 enum wp_check_result
5089 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
5092 /* The value has changed. */
5093 WP_VALUE_CHANGED
= 2,
5095 /* The value has not changed. */
5096 WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
= 3,
5098 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
5102 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
5103 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
5105 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
5108 static wp_check_result
5109 watchpoint_check (bpstat
*bs
)
5111 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5113 bool within_current_scope
;
5115 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
5116 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
5117 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5119 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
5120 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
5121 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
5122 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
5125 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5126 within_current_scope
= true;
5129 frame_info_ptr frame
= get_current_frame ();
5130 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5131 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
5133 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
5134 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
5135 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
5136 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
5137 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
5138 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
5139 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
5140 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
5141 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
5142 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
5145 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
5146 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
5148 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
5149 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
5150 if (within_current_scope
)
5152 struct symbol
*function
;
5154 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
5155 if (function
== NULL
5156 || !function
->value_block ()->contains (b
->exp_valid_block
))
5157 within_current_scope
= false;
5160 if (within_current_scope
)
5161 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
5162 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
5167 if (within_current_scope
)
5169 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
5170 time before we return to the command level and call
5171 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
5172 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
5175 struct value
*new_val
;
5177 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
5178 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
5179 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
5180 a mask watchpoint. */
5181 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5183 mark
= value_mark ();
5184 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), b
->exp
->op
.get (), &new_val
,
5187 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
5188 new_val
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, new_val
);
5190 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
5191 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
5192 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
5193 not what we want. */
5194 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
5195 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
.get (),
5198 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
5199 b
->val
= release_value (new_val
);
5200 b
->val_valid
= true;
5201 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
5202 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5203 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5207 /* Nothing changed. */
5208 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5209 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
5214 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
5215 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
5216 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
5217 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
5218 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
5219 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
5220 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
5221 the first value assigned). */
5222 /* We print all the stop information in
5223 breakpointprint_it, but in this case, by the time we
5224 call breakpoint->print_it this bp will be deleted
5225 already. So we have no choice but print the information
5228 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5230 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5232 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
5234 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
5235 uiout
->message ("\nWatchpoint %pF deleted because the program has "
5236 "left the block in\n"
5237 "which its expression is valid.\n",
5238 signed_field ("wpnum", b
->number
));
5241 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5243 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5249 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5250 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5251 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5254 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
5255 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5256 const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
5258 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
5260 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5261 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5263 return b
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5266 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5267 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to false. */
5270 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat
*bs
)
5272 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5273 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5275 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5276 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
.get ();
5277 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5278 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5279 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5282 bool must_check_value
= false;
5284 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5285 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5287 must_check_value
= true;
5288 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
5289 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5290 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5292 must_check_value
= true;
5293 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
5294 && b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5295 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5296 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5297 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5298 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5299 must_check_value
= true;
5301 if (must_check_value
)
5307 e
= watchpoint_check (bs
);
5309 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&ex
)
5311 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
5312 "Error evaluating expression "
5313 "for watchpoint %d\n",
5316 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5318 gdb_printf (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"),
5321 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5328 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5329 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5333 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5336 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5337 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5339 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5341 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5342 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5343 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5344 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5345 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5346 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5347 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5350 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5351 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5354 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5355 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5356 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5357 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5359 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5360 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5361 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5364 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5365 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5366 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5367 changes. This still gives false positives when
5368 the program writes the same value to memory as
5369 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5370 it for a read), but it's much better than
5373 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5375 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5377 for (breakpoint
*other_b
: all_breakpoints ())
5378 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5379 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5381 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5382 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5384 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5385 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5387 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5393 if (other_write_watchpoint
5394 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5396 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5397 and the value changed since the last time we
5398 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5400 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5405 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5406 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5407 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5409 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5410 the value hasn't changed. */
5411 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5421 else /* !must_check_value */
5423 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5424 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5425 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5426 anything for this watchpoint. */
5427 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5433 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5434 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5435 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5436 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5439 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat
*bs
, thread_info
*thread
)
5441 INFRUN_SCOPED_DEBUG_ENTER_EXIT
;
5443 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5444 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5446 bool condition_result
= true;
5447 struct expression
*cond
;
5449 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5451 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5452 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
.get ();
5453 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5454 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5455 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5457 infrun_debug_printf ("thread = %s, breakpoint %d.%d",
5458 thread
->ptid
.to_string ().c_str (),
5459 b
->number
, find_loc_num_by_location (bl
));
5461 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5462 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5463 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5465 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5466 && b
->frame_id
!= get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ()))
5468 infrun_debug_printf ("incorrect frame %s not %s, not stopping",
5469 get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ()).to_string ().c_str (),
5470 b
->frame_id
.to_string ().c_str ());
5475 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5476 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5478 if ((b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread
->global_num
)
5479 || (b
->task
!= -1 && b
->task
!= ada_get_task_number (thread
)))
5481 infrun_debug_printf ("incorrect thread or task, not stopping");
5486 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5488 bs
->stop
= breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b
);
5490 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5492 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5494 cond
= w
->cond_exp
.get ();
5497 cond
= bl
->cond
.get ();
5499 if (cond
!= nullptr && b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5501 bool within_current_scope
= true;
5502 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5504 /* We use scoped_value_mark because it could be a long time
5505 before we return to the command level and call
5506 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
5507 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
5508 scoped_value_mark mark
;
5510 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5511 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5515 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5516 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5517 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5518 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5519 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5521 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5522 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5525 frame_info_ptr frame
;
5527 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5528 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5529 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5530 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5531 really matter which instantiation of the function
5532 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5533 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5534 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5535 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5536 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5537 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5538 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5539 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5541 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5543 select_frame (frame
);
5545 within_current_scope
= false;
5547 CORE_ADDR pc_before_check
= get_frame_pc (get_selected_frame (nullptr));
5548 if (within_current_scope
)
5552 condition_result
= breakpoint_cond_eval (cond
);
5554 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&ex
)
5556 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
5557 "Error in testing condition for breakpoint %d:\n",
5560 /* If the pc value changed as a result of evaluating the
5561 condition then we probably stopped within an inferior
5562 function call due to some unexpected stop, e.g. the thread
5563 hit another breakpoint, or the thread received an
5564 unexpected signal. In this case we don't want to also
5565 print the information about this breakpoint. */
5566 CORE_ADDR pc_after_check
5567 = get_frame_pc (get_selected_frame (nullptr));
5568 if (pc_before_check
!= pc_after_check
)
5574 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5575 "in the current scope"));
5576 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5577 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5579 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5582 if (cond
!= nullptr && !condition_result
)
5584 infrun_debug_printf ("condition_result = false, not stopping");
5588 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5590 infrun_debug_printf ("ignore count %d, not stopping",
5594 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5596 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
5601 infrun_debug_printf ("stopping at this breakpoint");
5603 infrun_debug_printf ("not stopping at this breakpoint");
5606 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5607 on the current target. */
5610 need_moribund_for_location_type (const struct bp_location
*loc
)
5612 return ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5613 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5614 || (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5615 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5618 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5621 build_bpstat_chain (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5622 const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
5624 bpstat
*bs_head
= nullptr, **bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5626 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
5628 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5631 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
5633 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5634 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5635 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5636 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5637 checked all locations already. */
5638 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5641 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->disabled_by_cond
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5644 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5647 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5650 bpstat
*bs
= new bpstat (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5653 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5654 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5655 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5659 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5660 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5661 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5663 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5665 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5667 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5672 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5673 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5674 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5676 for (bp_location
*loc
: moribund_locations
)
5678 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
)
5679 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc
))
5681 bpstat
*bs
= new bpstat (loc
, &bs_link
);
5682 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5685 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5693 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5696 bpstat_stop_status (const address_space
*aspace
,
5697 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, thread_info
*thread
,
5698 const target_waitstatus
&ws
,
5701 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5702 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5703 bpstat
*bs_head
= stop_chain
;
5705 int need_remove_insert
;
5708 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5709 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5710 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5711 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5712 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5713 inferior function calls. */
5714 if (bs_head
== NULL
)
5715 bs_head
= build_bpstat_chain (aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5717 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5718 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5719 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5721 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5723 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5725 handle_solib_event ();
5730 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5731 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5732 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5736 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5741 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5742 b
->check_status (bs
);
5745 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, thread
);
5751 /* We will stop here. */
5752 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5754 --(b
->enable_count
);
5755 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0)
5756 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5759 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
5762 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5763 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5764 ? bs
->commands
.get () : NULL
))
5767 b
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5772 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5774 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5775 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5778 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5779 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5780 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5782 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5783 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5784 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5786 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5787 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5789 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5791 update_watchpoint (w
, false /* don't reparse. */);
5792 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5795 if (need_remove_insert
)
5796 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
5797 else if (removed_any
)
5798 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
5803 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5806 bpstat_stop_status_nowatch (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5807 thread_info
*thread
, const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
5809 gdb_assert (!target_stopped_by_watchpoint ());
5811 /* Clear all watchpoints' 'watchpoint_triggered' value from a
5812 previous stop to avoid confusing bpstat_stop_status. */
5813 watchpoints_triggered (ws
);
5815 return bpstat_stop_status (aspace
, bp_addr
, thread
, ws
);
5819 handle_jit_event (CORE_ADDR address
)
5821 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5823 infrun_debug_printf ("handling bp_jit_event");
5825 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5826 breakpoint_re_set. */
5827 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
5829 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (get_current_frame ());
5830 /* This event is caused by a breakpoint set in `jit_breakpoint_re_set`,
5831 thus it is expected that its objectfile can be found through
5832 minimal symbol lookup. If it doesn't work (and assert fails), it
5833 most likely means that `jit_breakpoint_re_set` was changes and this
5834 function needs to be updated too. */
5835 bound_minimal_symbol jit_bp_sym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (address
);
5836 gdb_assert (jit_bp_sym
.objfile
!= nullptr);
5837 objfile
*objfile
= jit_bp_sym
.objfile
;
5838 if (objfile
->separate_debug_objfile_backlink
)
5839 objfile
= objfile
->separate_debug_objfile_backlink
;
5840 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
, objfile
);
5842 target_terminal::inferior ();
5845 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5847 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5850 bpstat_what (bpstat
*bs_head
)
5852 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5855 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5856 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5857 retval
.is_longjmp
= false;
5859 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5861 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5862 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5863 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5866 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5868 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5869 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5873 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5880 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5881 case bp_single_step
:
5884 case bp_shlib_event
:
5888 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5890 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5893 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5896 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5897 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5898 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5902 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5904 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5908 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5909 This requires no further action. */
5913 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5917 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5918 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5921 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5923 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5924 case bp_exception_resume
:
5927 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5928 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5931 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5933 case bp_step_resume
:
5935 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5938 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5939 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5942 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5944 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5947 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5948 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5951 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5952 case bp_thread_event
:
5953 case bp_overlay_event
:
5954 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5955 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5956 case bp_exception_master
:
5957 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5963 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5965 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5969 /* Some catchpoints are implemented with breakpoints.
5970 For those, we need to step over the breakpoint. */
5971 if (bs
->bp_location_at
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5972 || bs
->bp_location_at
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
5973 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5977 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5980 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5981 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5982 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5983 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5985 case bp_std_terminate
:
5986 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5987 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5988 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5989 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5992 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5993 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5994 case bp_static_marker_tracepoint
:
5995 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5996 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5998 internal_error (_("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
6000 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6001 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
6002 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
6004 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6005 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
6006 PC of the former breakpoint. */
6007 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
6012 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
6014 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
6018 internal_error (_("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
6021 retval
.main_action
= std::max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
6028 bpstat_run_callbacks (bpstat
*bs_head
)
6032 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
6034 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
6041 handle_jit_event (bs
->bp_location_at
->address
);
6043 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6044 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop ((code_breakpoint
*) b
);
6046 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6047 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop ((code_breakpoint
*) b
);
6053 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6056 bpstat_should_step ()
6058 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
6059 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
6065 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6068 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat
*bs
)
6070 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
6079 /* Compute a number of spaces suitable to indent the next line
6080 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
6081 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
6084 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
6086 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
6090 for (i
= 1; uiout
->query_table_field (i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
6092 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
6095 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
6101 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
6102 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
6104 "host": Host evals condition.
6105 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
6106 "target": Target evals condition.
6110 bp_condition_evaluator (const breakpoint
*b
)
6112 char host_evals
= 0;
6113 char target_evals
= 0;
6118 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
6121 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6122 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6123 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6125 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
6127 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
6133 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
6134 return condition_evaluation_both
;
6135 else if (target_evals
)
6136 return condition_evaluation_target
;
6138 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6141 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
6142 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
6145 bp_location_condition_evaluator (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
6147 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
6150 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6151 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6152 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6154 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
6155 return condition_evaluation_target
;
6157 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6160 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
6163 print_breakpoint_location (const breakpoint
*b
,
6164 struct bp_location
*loc
)
6166 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6168 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
6170 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6174 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
6176 if (b
->display_canonical
)
6177 uiout
->field_string ("what", b
->locspec
->to_string ());
6178 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
6180 const struct symbol
*sym
= loc
->symbol
;
6184 uiout
->text ("in ");
6185 uiout
->field_string ("func", sym
->print_name (),
6186 function_name_style
.style ());
6188 uiout
->wrap_hint (wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
6189 uiout
->text ("at ");
6191 uiout
->field_string ("file",
6192 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
),
6193 file_name_style
.style ());
6196 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6197 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
6199 uiout
->field_signed ("line", loc
->line_number
);
6205 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, &stb
,
6207 uiout
->field_stream ("at", stb
);
6211 uiout
->field_string ("pending", b
->locspec
->to_string ());
6212 /* If extra_string is available, it could be holding a condition
6213 or dprintf arguments. In either case, make sure it is printed,
6214 too, but only for non-MI streams. */
6215 if (!uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
6217 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
6221 uiout
->text (b
->extra_string
.get ());
6225 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
6226 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
6227 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
6230 uiout
->field_string ("evaluated-by",
6231 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
6237 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
6239 struct ep_type_description
6242 const char *description
;
6244 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
6246 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
6247 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
6248 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
6249 {bp_single_step
, "sw single-step"},
6250 {bp_until
, "until"},
6251 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
6252 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
6253 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
6254 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
6255 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
6256 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
6257 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
6258 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
6259 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
6260 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
6261 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
6262 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
6263 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
6264 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
6265 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
6266 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
6267 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
6268 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
6269 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
6270 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
6271 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
6272 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
6273 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
6274 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
6275 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
6276 {bp_static_marker_tracepoint
, "static marker tracepoint"},
6277 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
6278 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
6279 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6280 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6283 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
6284 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
6285 internal_error (_("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6288 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
6291 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6292 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6295 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
6296 const char *field_name
,
6297 const std::vector
<int> &inf_nums
,
6300 int is_mi
= uiout
->is_mi_like_p ();
6302 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6303 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6304 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
6307 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (uiout
, field_name
);
6309 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< inf_nums
.size (); i
++)
6315 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf_nums
[i
]);
6316 uiout
->field_string (NULL
, mi_group
);
6321 uiout
->text (" inf ");
6325 uiout
->text (plongest (inf_nums
[i
]));
6330 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6332 bool fix_breakpoint_script_output_globally
= false;
6334 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. If RAW_LOC, print raw breakpoint locations
6335 instead of going via breakpoint_ops::print_one. This makes "maint
6336 info breakpoints" show the software breakpoint locations of
6337 catchpoints, which are considered internal implementation
6338 detail. Returns true if RAW_LOC is false and if the breakpoint's
6339 print_one method did something; false otherwise. */
6342 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6343 struct bp_location
*loc
,
6345 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6346 int allflag
, bool raw_loc
)
6348 struct command_line
*l
;
6349 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
6351 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6352 bool header_of_multiple
= false;
6353 bool part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
6354 struct value_print_options opts
;
6356 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6358 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
6359 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6360 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6363 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
6364 || !b
->loc
->enabled
|| b
->loc
->disabled_by_cond
)))
6365 header_of_multiple
= true;
6373 if (part_of_multiple
)
6374 uiout
->field_fmt ("number", "%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
6376 uiout
->field_signed ("number", b
->number
);
6380 if (part_of_multiple
)
6381 uiout
->field_skip ("type");
6383 uiout
->field_string ("type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
6387 if (part_of_multiple
)
6388 uiout
->field_skip ("disp");
6390 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6394 if (part_of_multiple
)
6396 /* For locations that are disabled because of an invalid
6397 condition, display "N*" on the CLI, where "*" refers to a
6398 footnote below the table. For MI, simply display a "N"
6399 without a footnote. On the CLI, for enabled locations whose
6400 breakpoint is disabled, display "y-". */
6401 auto get_enable_state
= [uiout
, loc
] () -> const char *
6403 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6405 if (loc
->disabled_by_cond
)
6407 else if (!loc
->enabled
)
6414 if (loc
->disabled_by_cond
)
6416 else if (!loc
->enabled
)
6418 else if (!breakpoint_enabled (loc
->owner
))
6424 uiout
->field_string ("enabled", get_enable_state ());
6427 uiout
->field_fmt ("enabled", "%c", bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
6430 bool result
= false;
6431 if (!raw_loc
&& b
->print_one (last_loc
))
6435 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6437 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6439 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6440 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6441 is relatively readable). */
6442 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6443 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
6445 uiout
->field_string ("what", w
->exp_string
.get ());
6447 else if (!is_catchpoint (b
) || is_exception_catchpoint (b
)
6448 || is_ada_exception_catchpoint (b
))
6450 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6453 if (header_of_multiple
)
6454 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<MULTIPLE>",
6455 metadata_style
.style ());
6456 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6457 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<PENDING>",
6458 metadata_style
.style ());
6460 uiout
->field_core_addr ("addr",
6461 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6464 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6465 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6471 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6473 std::vector
<int> inf_nums
;
6476 for (inferior
*inf
: all_inferiors ())
6478 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6479 inf_nums
.push_back (inf
->num
);
6482 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6483 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6485 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6486 && (program_spaces
.size () > 1
6487 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6488 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6489 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6490 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6492 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_nums
, mi_only
);
6495 /* In the MI output, each location of a thread or task specific
6496 breakpoint includes the relevant thread or task ID. This is done for
6497 backwards compatibility reasons.
6499 For the CLI output, the thread/task information is printed on a
6500 separate line, see the 'stop only in thread' and 'stop only in task'
6502 if (part_of_multiple
&& uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6504 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6505 uiout
->field_signed ("thread", b
->thread
);
6506 else if (b
->task
!= -1)
6507 uiout
->field_signed ("task", b
->task
);
6512 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6513 b
->print_one_detail (uiout
);
6515 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6518 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6519 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6521 uiout
->field_core_addr ("frame",
6522 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6526 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6529 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6530 uiout
->text ("\ttrace only if ");
6532 uiout
->text ("\tstop only if ");
6533 uiout
->field_string ("cond", b
->cond_string
.get ());
6535 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6536 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6537 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6538 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6539 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6541 uiout
->message (" (%pF evals)",
6542 string_field ("evaluated-by",
6543 bp_condition_evaluator (b
)));
6548 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6550 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6551 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in thread ");
6552 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6553 uiout
->field_signed ("thread", b
->thread
);
6556 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (b
->thread
);
6558 uiout
->field_string ("thread", print_thread_id (thr
));
6563 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->task
!= -1)
6565 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in task ");
6566 uiout
->field_signed ("task", b
->task
);
6570 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6574 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6575 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6576 uiout
->text ("\tcatchpoint");
6577 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6578 uiout
->text ("\ttracepoint");
6580 uiout
->text ("\tbreakpoint");
6581 uiout
->text (" already hit ");
6582 uiout
->field_signed ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6583 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6584 uiout
->text (" time\n");
6586 uiout
->text (" times\n");
6590 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6591 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6592 uiout
->field_signed ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6596 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6599 uiout
->message ("\tignore next %pF hits\n",
6600 signed_field ("ignore", b
->ignore_count
));
6603 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6604 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6605 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6606 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6609 uiout
->text ("\tdisable after ");
6610 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6611 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6612 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6613 uiout
->text ("additional ");
6615 uiout
->text ("next ");
6616 uiout
->field_signed ("enable", b
->enable_count
);
6617 uiout
->text (" hits\n");
6620 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6622 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6624 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6626 uiout
->text ("\ttrace buffer usage ");
6627 uiout
->field_signed ("traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6628 uiout
->text (" bytes\n");
6632 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
.get () : NULL
;
6633 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6637 bool use_fixed_output
=
6638 (uiout
->test_flags (fix_breakpoint_script_output
)
6639 || fix_breakpoint_script_output_globally
);
6641 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_tuple
> tuple_emitter
;
6642 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_list
> list_emitter
;
6644 if (use_fixed_output
)
6645 list_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "script");
6647 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "script");
6649 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6652 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6654 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6656 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6658 annotate_field (10);
6659 uiout
->text ("\tpass count ");
6660 uiout
->field_signed ("pass", t
->pass_count
);
6661 uiout
->text (" \n");
6664 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6666 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6668 annotate_field (11);
6670 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6671 uiout
->field_string ("installed",
6672 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6678 uiout
->text ("\tnot ");
6679 uiout
->text ("installed on target\n");
6684 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && !part_of_multiple
)
6686 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6688 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6690 uiout
->field_string ("original-location", w
->exp_string
.get ());
6692 else if (b
->locspec
!= nullptr)
6694 const char *str
= b
->locspec
->to_string ();
6696 uiout
->field_string ("original-location", str
);
6703 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6705 bool fix_multi_location_breakpoint_output_globally
= false;
6708 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6709 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6712 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6713 bool use_fixed_output
6714 = (uiout
->test_flags (fix_multi_location_breakpoint_output
)
6715 || fix_multi_location_breakpoint_output_globally
);
6717 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_tuple
> bkpt_tuple_emitter (gdb::in_place
, uiout
, "bkpt");
6718 bool printed
= print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
,
6721 /* The mi2 broken format: the main breakpoint tuple ends here, the locations
6723 if (!use_fixed_output
)
6724 bkpt_tuple_emitter
.reset ();
6726 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6727 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6728 locations, if any. */
6729 if (!printed
|| allflag
)
6731 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6732 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6733 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6736 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6737 internally, that's not a property exposed to users.
6739 Likewise, while catchpoints may be implemented with
6740 breakpoints (e.g., catch throw), that's not a property
6741 exposed to users. We do however display the internal
6742 breakpoint locations with "maint info breakpoints". */
6743 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6744 && (!is_catchpoint (b
) || is_exception_catchpoint (b
)
6745 || is_ada_exception_catchpoint (b
))
6747 || (b
->loc
&& (b
->loc
->next
6749 || b
->loc
->disabled_by_cond
))))
6751 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_list
> locations_list
;
6753 /* For MI version <= 2, keep the behavior where GDB outputs an invalid
6754 MI record. For later versions, place breakpoint locations in a
6756 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && use_fixed_output
)
6757 locations_list
.emplace (uiout
, "locations");
6760 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
6762 ui_out_emit_tuple
loc_tuple_emitter (uiout
, NULL
);
6763 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
,
6772 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6774 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6776 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
6778 if (!bl_address_is_meaningful (loc
))
6781 int addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6782 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6783 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6786 return print_address_bits
;
6789 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6792 print_breakpoint (breakpoint
*b
)
6794 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6795 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6798 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6799 internal or momentary. */
6802 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6804 return b
->number
> 0;
6807 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6810 pending_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6812 return b
->loc
== NULL
;
6815 /* Print information on breakpoints (including watchpoints and tracepoints).
6817 If non-NULL, BP_NUM_LIST is a list of numbers and number ranges as
6818 understood by number_or_range_parser. Only breakpoints included in this
6819 list are then printed.
6821 If SHOW_INTERNAL is true, print internal breakpoints.
6823 If FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6824 ones for which it returns true.
6826 Return the total number of breakpoints listed. */
6829 breakpoint_1 (const char *bp_num_list
, bool show_internal
,
6830 bool (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6832 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6833 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6834 struct value_print_options opts
;
6835 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6836 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6837 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6838 bool has_disabled_by_cond_location
= false;
6840 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6842 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6843 required for address fields. */
6844 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6845 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
6847 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6848 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6851 /* If we have a BP_NUM_LIST string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6852 accept. Skip the others. */
6853 if (bp_num_list
!= NULL
&& *bp_num_list
!= '\0')
6855 if (show_internal
&& parse_and_eval_long (bp_num_list
) != b
->number
)
6857 if (!show_internal
&& !number_is_in_list (bp_num_list
, b
->number
))
6861 if (show_internal
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6863 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6865 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6866 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6867 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6869 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6870 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6871 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6873 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6878 ui_out_emit_table
table_emitter (uiout
,
6879 opts
.addressprint
? 6 : 5,
6880 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6883 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6884 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6885 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6887 uiout
->table_header (7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6888 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6890 uiout
->table_header (print_type_col_width
, ui_left
, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6891 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6893 uiout
->table_header (4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6894 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6896 uiout
->table_header (3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6897 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6899 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6901 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6902 uiout
->table_header (10, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6904 uiout
->table_header (18, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6906 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6908 uiout
->table_header (40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6909 uiout
->table_body ();
6910 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6911 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6913 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
6916 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6917 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6920 /* If we have a BP_NUM_LIST string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6921 accept. Skip the others. */
6923 if (bp_num_list
!= NULL
&& *bp_num_list
!= '\0')
6925 if (show_internal
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6927 if (parse_and_eval_long (bp_num_list
) != b
->number
)
6930 else /* all others */
6932 if (!number_is_in_list (bp_num_list
, b
->number
))
6936 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6937 show_internal is set. */
6938 if (show_internal
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6940 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, show_internal
);
6941 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
6942 if (loc
->disabled_by_cond
)
6943 has_disabled_by_cond_location
= true;
6948 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6950 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6954 if (bp_num_list
== NULL
|| *bp_num_list
== '\0')
6955 uiout
->message ("No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6957 uiout
->message ("No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6963 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6964 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6966 if (has_disabled_by_cond_location
&& !uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6967 uiout
->message (_("(*): Breakpoint condition is invalid at this "
6971 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6972 there have been breakpoints? */
6973 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6975 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6978 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6979 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6982 default_collect_info (void)
6984 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6986 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6987 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6989 if (default_collect
.empty ())
6992 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6994 uiout
->text ("default collect ");
6995 uiout
->field_string ("default-collect", default_collect
);
6996 uiout
->text (" \n");
7000 info_breakpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
7002 breakpoint_1 (args
, false, NULL
);
7004 default_collect_info ();
7008 info_watchpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
7010 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, false, is_watchpoint
);
7011 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7013 if (num_printed
== 0)
7015 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
7016 uiout
->message ("No watchpoints.\n");
7018 uiout
->message ("No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
7023 maintenance_info_breakpoints (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
7025 breakpoint_1 (args
, true, NULL
);
7027 default_collect_info ();
7031 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7032 struct program_space
*pspace
,
7033 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
7035 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
7037 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
7038 && bl
->address
== pc
7039 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
7045 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7048 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7049 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
7050 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
7054 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
7055 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
7056 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
7061 gdb_printf (_("Note: breakpoint "));
7062 else /* if (others == ???) */
7063 gdb_printf (_("Note: breakpoints "));
7064 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
7065 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
7068 gdb_printf ("%d", b
->number
);
7069 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
7070 gdb_printf (" (all threads)");
7071 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
7073 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (b
->thread
);
7074 gdb_printf (" (thread %s)", print_thread_id (thr
));
7076 else if (b
->task
!= -1)
7077 gdb_printf (" (task %d)", b
->task
);
7078 gdb_printf ("%s%s ",
7079 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
7080 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
7084 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
7086 current_uiout
->message (_("also set at pc %ps.\n"),
7087 styled_string (address_style
.style (),
7088 paddress (gdbarch
, pc
)));
7093 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of LOC.
7094 For some breakpoint types, the locations' address members are
7095 irrelevant and it makes no sense to attempt to compare them to
7096 other addresses (or use them for any other purpose either).
7098 More specifically, software watchpoints and catchpoints that are
7099 not backed by breakpoints always have a zero valued location
7100 address and we don't want to mark breakpoints of any of these types
7101 to be a duplicate of an actual breakpoint location at address
7105 bl_address_is_meaningful (bp_location
*loc
)
7107 return loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_other
;
7110 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
7111 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
7114 watchpoint_locations_match (const struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7115 const struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7117 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
7118 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
7120 /* Both of them must exist. */
7121 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
7122 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
7124 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
7125 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
7126 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
7127 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
7128 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
7129 other watchpoint. */
7131 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
7133 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
7134 w1
->cond_exp
.get ()))
7136 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
7138 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
7139 w2
->cond_exp
.get ())))
7142 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
7143 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
7144 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
7145 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
7146 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
7147 become hw_access locations later. */
7148 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
7149 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
7150 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
7151 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
7154 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7157 breakpoint_address_match (const address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
7158 const address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
7160 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7161 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
7165 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
7166 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
7167 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
7168 space doesn't really matter. */
7171 breakpoint_address_match_range (const address_space
*aspace1
,
7173 int len1
, const address_space
*aspace2
,
7176 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7177 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
7178 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
7181 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
7182 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
7183 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
7184 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
7187 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
7188 const address_space
*aspace
,
7191 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
7194 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
7195 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
7199 /* Returns true if the [ADDR,ADDR+LEN) range in ASPACE overlaps
7200 breakpoint BL. BL may be a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a
7201 match happens only if ASPACE matches the breakpoint's address
7202 space. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address space
7203 doesn't really matter. */
7206 breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*bl
,
7207 const address_space
*aspace
,
7208 CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
)
7210 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7211 || bl
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
)
7213 int bl_len
= bl
->length
!= 0 ? bl
->length
: 1;
7215 if (mem_ranges_overlap (addr
, len
, bl
->address
, bl_len
))
7221 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
7222 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
7223 true, otherwise returns false. */
7226 tracepoint_locations_match (const struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7227 const struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7229 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7230 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
7231 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
7232 different locations. */
7233 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
7238 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
7239 (bl_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent
7240 the same location. If SW_HW_BPS_MATCH is true, then software
7241 breakpoint locations and hardware breakpoint locations match,
7242 otherwise they don't. */
7245 breakpoint_locations_match (const struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7246 const struct bp_location
*loc2
,
7247 bool sw_hw_bps_match
)
7249 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
7251 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
7252 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
7253 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
7255 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
7256 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
7258 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
7261 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7262 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7263 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7265 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged
7266 breakpoints. Keep this in sync with
7267 bp_location_is_less_than. */
7268 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
7269 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
7270 && (loc1
->loc_type
== loc2
->loc_type
|| sw_hw_bps_match
)
7271 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
7275 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
7276 int bnum
, bool have_bnum
)
7278 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
7279 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
7283 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
7284 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
7286 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
7287 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
7289 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
7292 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
7293 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
7294 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
7295 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
7298 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7299 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
,
7300 struct program_space
*pspace
)
7302 gdb_assert (pspace
!= nullptr);
7304 if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
7305 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
7306 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
7307 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
7308 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
7310 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
7311 have their addresses modified. */
7314 else if (bptype
== bp_single_step
)
7316 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
7317 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
7318 applies to this address, then it should have already been
7319 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
7320 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
7321 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
7326 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
= bpaddr
;
7328 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7329 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7330 if (gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
7332 /* Targets that implement this adjustment function will likely
7333 inspect either the symbol table, target memory at BPADDR, or
7334 even state registers, so ensure a suitable thread (and its
7335 associated program space) are currently selected. */
7336 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
7337 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (pspace
);
7339 = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
7343 = gdbarch_remove_non_address_bits (gdbarch
, adjusted_bpaddr
);
7345 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7346 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7348 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
7349 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, false);
7351 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
7356 bp_location_from_bp_type (bptype type
)
7361 case bp_single_step
:
7365 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
7366 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
7368 case bp_exception_resume
:
7369 case bp_step_resume
:
7370 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
7371 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
7373 case bp_std_terminate
:
7374 case bp_shlib_event
:
7375 case bp_thread_event
:
7376 case bp_overlay_event
:
7378 case bp_longjmp_master
:
7379 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
7380 case bp_exception_master
:
7381 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
7382 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
7384 return bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
7386 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
7387 return bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
7389 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
7390 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
7391 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
7392 return bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
7395 return bp_loc_software_watchpoint
;
7398 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
7399 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7400 case bp_static_marker_tracepoint
:
7401 return bp_loc_tracepoint
;
7404 return bp_loc_other
;
7407 internal_error (_("unknown breakpoint type"));
7411 bp_location::bp_location (breakpoint
*owner
, bp_loc_type type
)
7413 this->owner
= owner
;
7414 this->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
7415 this->shlib_disabled
= 0;
7417 this->disabled_by_cond
= false;
7419 this->loc_type
= type
;
7421 if (this->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
7422 || this->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
7423 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (this);
7428 bp_location::bp_location (breakpoint
*owner
)
7429 : bp_location::bp_location (owner
,
7430 bp_location_from_bp_type (owner
->type
))
7434 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7435 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7438 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
7440 bp_location_ref_policy::decref (*blp
);
7444 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7447 add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&b
)
7449 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
7450 struct breakpoint
*result
= b
.get ();
7452 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7453 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7455 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7457 breakpoint_chain
= b
.release ();
7462 b1
->next
= b
.release ();
7468 /* Initialize loc->function_name. */
7471 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7473 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7475 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7476 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7477 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7479 const char *function_name
;
7481 if (loc
->msymbol
!= NULL
7482 && (loc
->msymbol
->type () == mst_text_gnu_ifunc
7483 || loc
->msymbol
->type () == mst_data_gnu_ifunc
))
7485 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7487 function_name
= loc
->msymbol
->linkage_name ();
7489 if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7490 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7492 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7493 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7494 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7495 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7497 loc
->related_address
= loc
->address
;
7501 find_pc_partial_function (loc
->address
, &function_name
, NULL
, NULL
);
7504 loc
->function_name
= make_unique_xstrdup (function_name
);
7508 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7510 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7513 return sal
.section
->objfile
->arch ();
7515 return sal
.symtab
->compunit ()->objfile ()->arch ();
7520 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7521 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7522 initiated the operation. */
7525 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7527 int thread
= tp
->global_num
;
7529 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7530 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7531 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7532 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7533 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7534 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7535 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7536 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7538 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7539 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7540 after their removal. */
7541 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
, 1, thread
);
7544 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7547 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7549 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7551 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7552 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7554 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7555 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7560 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7562 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7563 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7565 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7566 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7570 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7571 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7572 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7576 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7578 breakpoint
*retval
= nullptr;
7580 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
7581 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7583 int thread
= inferior_thread ()->global_num
;
7585 = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7588 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7590 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7593 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7594 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7595 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7596 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7602 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7603 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7606 If the unwind fails then there is not sufficient information to discard
7607 dummy frames. In this case, elide the clean up and the dummy frames will
7608 be cleaned up next time this function is called from a location where
7609 unwinding is possible. */
7612 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info
*tp
)
7614 /* We would need to delete breakpoints other than the current one while
7615 iterating, so all_breakpoints_safe is not sufficient to make that safe.
7616 Save all breakpoints to delete in that set and delete them at the end. */
7617 std::unordered_set
<breakpoint
*> to_delete
;
7619 for (struct breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
7621 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
)
7623 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7625 /* Find the bp_call_dummy breakpoint in the list of breakpoints
7626 chained off b->related_breakpoint. */
7627 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7628 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7630 /* If there was no bp_call_dummy breakpoint then there's nothing
7631 more to do. Or, if the dummy frame associated with the
7632 bp_call_dummy is still on the stack then we need to leave this
7633 bp_call_dummy in place. */
7634 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7635 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7638 /* We didn't find the dummy frame on the stack, this could be
7639 because we have longjmp'd to a stack frame that is previous to
7640 the dummy frame, or it could be because the stack unwind is
7641 broken at some point between the longjmp frame and the dummy
7644 Next we figure out why the stack unwind stopped. If it looks
7645 like the unwind is complete then we assume the dummy frame has
7646 been jumped over, however, if the unwind stopped for an
7647 unexpected reason then we assume the stack unwind is currently
7648 broken, and that we will (eventually) return to the dummy
7651 It might be tempting to consider using frame_id_inner here, but
7652 that is not safe. There is no guarantee that the stack frames
7653 we are looking at here are even on the same stack as the
7654 original dummy frame, hence frame_id_inner can't be used. See
7655 the comments on frame_id_inner for more details. */
7656 bool unwind_finished_unexpectedly
= false;
7657 for (frame_info_ptr fi
= get_current_frame (); fi
!= nullptr; )
7659 frame_info_ptr prev
= get_prev_frame (fi
);
7660 if (prev
== nullptr)
7662 /* FI is the last stack frame. Why did this frame not
7664 auto stop_reason
= get_frame_unwind_stop_reason (fi
);
7665 if (stop_reason
!= UNWIND_NO_REASON
7666 && stop_reason
!= UNWIND_OUTERMOST
)
7667 unwind_finished_unexpectedly
= true;
7671 if (unwind_finished_unexpectedly
)
7674 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
, tp
);
7676 for (breakpoint
*related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7677 related_breakpoint
!= b
;
7678 related_breakpoint
= related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
)
7679 to_delete
.insert (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7681 to_delete
.insert (b
);
7685 for (breakpoint
*b
: to_delete
)
7686 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7690 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7692 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
7693 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7695 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7696 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7697 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7702 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7704 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
7705 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7707 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7708 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
7709 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7713 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7714 master breakpoint. */
7716 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7718 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7719 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7720 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7722 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
, 1,
7723 inferior_thread ()->global_num
);
7727 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7729 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7731 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7732 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7733 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7737 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7739 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7741 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
);
7743 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7744 /* locspec has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7745 b
->locspec
= new_address_location_spec (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
7747 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7752 struct lang_and_radix
7758 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7761 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7763 return create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
);
7766 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7769 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7771 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7772 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7773 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7774 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7778 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7780 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7781 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7782 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7783 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7786 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7789 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7791 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7792 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7793 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7794 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7797 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7798 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7799 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7801 static struct breakpoint
*
7802 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
,
7803 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
7805 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7807 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
);
7808 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode
);
7813 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7815 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7818 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7821 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7823 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7825 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7827 b
= create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_INSERT
);
7828 if (!b
->loc
->inserted
)
7830 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7836 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7837 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7840 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7842 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
7844 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7845 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7847 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7848 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7849 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7850 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7851 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7852 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7853 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7854 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7855 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7856 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7857 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7858 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7861 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7866 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7867 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7868 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7871 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7873 bool disabled_shlib_breaks
= false;
7875 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
7877 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7878 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7880 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7881 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7882 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7883 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7884 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7885 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7886 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7887 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7888 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7890 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7891 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7892 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7893 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7896 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7897 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
7899 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7901 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
7902 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7903 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7906 disabled_shlib_breaks
= true;
7911 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7912 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7913 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7916 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
7918 if (objfile
== NULL
)
7921 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7922 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7923 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7924 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7925 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7926 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7927 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7928 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7929 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7930 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7932 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_SHARED
) == 0
7933 || (objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
) == 0)
7936 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
7938 bool bp_modified
= false;
7940 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
7943 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
7945 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
7947 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7948 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7951 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
7954 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
7957 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7958 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7961 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
7963 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7964 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7965 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7966 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7967 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7970 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7977 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
7981 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7983 breakpoint::breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch_
, enum bptype bptype
,
7984 bool temp
, const char *cond_string_
)
7986 disposition (temp
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
),
7988 language (current_language
->la_language
),
7989 input_radix (::input_radix
),
7990 cond_string (cond_string_
!= nullptr
7991 ? make_unique_xstrdup (cond_string_
)
7993 related_breakpoint (this)
7997 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7999 catchpoint::catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, bool temp
,
8000 const char *cond_string
)
8001 : breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_catchpoint
, temp
, cond_string
)
8003 add_dummy_location (this, current_program_space
);
8005 pspace
= current_program_space
;
8009 install_breakpoint (int internal
, std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&arg
, int update_gll
)
8011 breakpoint
*b
= add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (arg
));
8012 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8013 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8014 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8017 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created
.notify (b
);
8020 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8026 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8030 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
8031 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8032 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
8034 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8036 i
+= b
->resources_needed (bl
);
8042 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8046 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8050 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8053 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
8055 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8057 i
+= b
->resources_needed (bl
);
8063 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8064 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8065 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8066 types _not_ TYPE. */
8069 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8070 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8074 *other_type_used
= 0;
8075 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
8079 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8082 if (b
->type
== type
)
8083 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8084 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8085 *other_type_used
= 1;
8092 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8094 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
8095 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8097 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8098 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8103 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8105 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
8106 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8108 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8109 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8114 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8116 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8117 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8121 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8123 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8124 breakpoint_re_set ();
8127 /* Allocate a new momentary breakpoint. */
8129 template<typename
... Arg
>
8130 static momentary_breakpoint
*
8131 new_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, enum bptype type
,
8134 if (type
== bp_longjmp
|| type
== bp_exception
)
8135 return new longjmp_breakpoint (gdbarch
, type
,
8136 std::forward
<Arg
> (args
)...);
8138 return new momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, type
,
8139 std::forward
<Arg
> (args
)...);
8142 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8143 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8147 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8148 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8150 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8152 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8154 std::unique_ptr
<momentary_breakpoint
> b
8155 (new_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, type
, sal
.pspace
, frame_id
,
8156 inferior_thread ()->global_num
));
8158 b
->add_location (sal
);
8160 breakpoint_up
bp (add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
)));
8162 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8167 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8168 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8169 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8171 static struct breakpoint
*
8172 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8177 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> copy
8178 (new_momentary_breakpoint (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, orig
->pspace
,
8179 orig
->frame_id
, thread
));
8180 copy
->loc
= copy
->allocate_location ();
8181 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
);
8183 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8184 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8185 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8186 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8187 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8188 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8189 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8190 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
8191 copy
->loc
->enabled
= loc_enabled
;
8193 breakpoint
*b
= add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (copy
));
8194 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8198 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8202 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8204 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8208 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, 0,
8213 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8216 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8218 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8220 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8221 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8223 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8227 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8230 mention (const breakpoint
*b
)
8232 b
->print_mention ();
8233 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
8237 static bool bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
);
8239 /* Handle "set breakpoint auto-hw on".
8241 If the explicitly specified breakpoint type is not hardware
8242 breakpoint, check the memory map to see whether the breakpoint
8243 address is in read-only memory.
8245 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory is read-only.
8246 We change the type of the location to hardware breakpoint.
8248 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is read-write. This
8249 means we've previously made the location hardware one, but then the
8250 memory map changed, so we undo.
8254 handle_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (bp_location
*bl
)
8256 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
8257 && bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
8258 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
8259 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
))
8261 /* When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
8262 location types we've just set here, the only possible problem
8263 is that memory map has changed during running program, but
8264 it's not going to work anyway with current gdb. */
8265 mem_region
*mr
= lookup_mem_region (bl
->address
);
8269 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
8271 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
8272 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
8274 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
8276 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
8278 static bool said
= false;
8280 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
8283 gdb_printf (_("Note: automatically using "
8284 "hardware breakpoints for "
8285 "read-only addresses.\n"));
8294 code_breakpoint::add_location (const symtab_and_line
&sal
)
8296 struct bp_location
*new_loc
, **tmp
;
8297 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8298 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
8300 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8301 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
8303 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8304 Once we call allocate_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8305 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8306 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8307 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8308 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8309 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
8313 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8314 new_loc
= allocate_location ();
8315 for (tmp
= &(loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
8316 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
8318 new_loc
->next
= *tmp
;
8321 new_loc
->requested_address
= sal
.pc
;
8322 new_loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
8323 new_loc
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
8324 new_loc
->probe
.prob
= sal
.prob
;
8325 new_loc
->probe
.objfile
= sal
.objfile
;
8326 gdb_assert (new_loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
8327 new_loc
->section
= sal
.section
;
8328 new_loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
8329 new_loc
->line_number
= sal
.line
;
8330 new_loc
->symtab
= sal
.symtab
;
8331 new_loc
->symbol
= sal
.symbol
;
8332 new_loc
->msymbol
= sal
.msymbol
;
8333 new_loc
->objfile
= sal
.objfile
;
8335 set_breakpoint_location_function (new_loc
);
8337 /* While by definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
8338 code, we don't mark the location as inserted. Normally one would expect
8339 that GDB could rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop the program,
8340 thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint, except that executing
8341 the breakpoint instruction can kill the target instead of reporting a
8342 SIGTRAP. E.g., on SPARC, when interrupts are disabled, executing the
8343 instruction resets the CPU, so QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC correspondingly dies
8344 with "Trap 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state". Letting the
8345 breakpoint be inserted normally results in QEMU knowing about the GDB
8346 breakpoint, and thus trap before the breakpoint instruction is executed.
8347 (If GDB later needs to continue execution past the permanent breakpoint,
8348 it manually increments the PC, thus avoiding executing the breakpoint
8350 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (new_loc
))
8351 new_loc
->permanent
= 1;
8357 /* Return true if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8358 return false otherwise. */
8361 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8363 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
8365 /* If we have a non-breakpoint-backed catchpoint or a software
8366 watchpoint, just return 0. We should not attempt to read from
8367 the addresses the locations of these breakpoint types point to.
8368 gdbarch_program_breakpoint_here_p, below, will attempt to read
8370 if (!bl_address_is_meaningful (loc
))
8373 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
8374 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
8375 return gdbarch_program_breakpoint_here_p (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
8378 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8379 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8382 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8384 const char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
.get ();
8385 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> printf_line
= nullptr;
8390 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8392 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8394 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
8396 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8398 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
8399 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8401 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
8402 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8403 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
8405 if (dprintf_function
.empty ())
8406 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8408 if (!dprintf_channel
.empty ())
8409 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8410 dprintf_function
.c_str (),
8411 dprintf_channel
.c_str (),
8414 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8415 dprintf_function
.c_str (),
8418 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
8420 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8421 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8424 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8425 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8429 internal_error (_("Invalid dprintf style."));
8431 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
8433 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
8434 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
8435 = new struct command_line (simple_control
, printf_line
.release ());
8436 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, counted_command_line (printf_cmd_line
,
8437 command_lines_deleter ()));
8440 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8441 current style settings. */
8444 update_dprintf_commands (const char *args
, int from_tty
,
8445 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
8447 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
8448 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
8449 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8452 code_breakpoint::code_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch_
,
8454 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
8455 location_spec_up
&&locspec_
,
8456 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter_
,
8457 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string_
,
8458 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string_
,
8459 enum bpdisp disposition_
,
8460 int thread_
, int task_
, int ignore_count_
,
8462 int enabled_
, unsigned flags
,
8463 int display_canonical_
)
8464 : breakpoint (gdbarch_
, type_
)
8468 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
8470 int target_resources_ok
;
8472 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8473 target_resources_ok
=
8474 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
8476 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
8477 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8478 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
8479 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8482 gdb_assert (!sals
.empty ());
8484 /* At most one of thread or task can be set on any breakpoint. */
8485 gdb_assert (thread
== -1 || task
== -1);
8489 cond_string
= std::move (cond_string_
);
8490 extra_string
= std::move (extra_string_
);
8491 ignore_count
= ignore_count_
;
8492 enable_state
= enabled_
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8493 disposition
= disposition_
;
8495 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
8496 || type
== bp_static_marker_tracepoint
)
8498 auto *t
= gdb::checked_static_cast
<struct tracepoint
*> (this);
8499 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
8501 if (strace_marker_p (this))
8503 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we wouldn't
8504 see a sal for it. */
8505 const char *p
= &locspec_
->to_string ()[3];
8508 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
8510 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
8512 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.assign (p
, endp
- p
);
8514 gdb_printf (_("Probed static tracepoint marker \"%s\"\n"),
8515 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
8517 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sals
[0].pc
, &marker
))
8519 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (marker
.str_id
);
8521 gdb_printf (_("Probed static tracepoint marker \"%s\"\n"),
8522 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
8525 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static tracepoint marker to probe"));
8528 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
8532 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
8533 if (loc_gdbarch
== nullptr)
8534 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
8536 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
8537 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
8540 bp_location
*new_loc
= add_location (sal
);
8541 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
8542 new_loc
->inserted
= 1;
8544 /* Do not set breakpoint locations conditions yet. As locations
8545 are inserted, they get sorted based on their addresses. Let
8546 the list stabilize to have reliable location numbers. */
8548 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
8549 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
8550 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
8552 if (extra_string
!= nullptr)
8553 update_dprintf_command_list (this);
8555 error (_("Format string required"));
8557 else if (extra_string
!= nullptr)
8558 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), extra_string
.get ());
8561 /* The order of the locations is now stable. Set the location
8562 condition using the location's number. */
8564 for (bp_location
*bl
: locations ())
8566 if (cond_string
!= nullptr)
8567 set_breakpoint_location_condition (cond_string
.get (), bl
,
8573 display_canonical
= display_canonical_
;
8574 if (locspec_
!= nullptr)
8575 locspec
= std::move (locspec_
);
8577 locspec
= new_address_location_spec (this->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
8578 filter
= std::move (filter_
);
8582 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8583 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
8584 location_spec_up
&&locspec
,
8585 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter
,
8586 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8587 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8588 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8589 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8591 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
8592 int display_canonical
)
8594 std::unique_ptr
<code_breakpoint
> b
8595 = new_breakpoint_from_type (gdbarch
,
8598 std::move (locspec
),
8600 std::move (cond_string
),
8601 std::move (extra_string
),
8603 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
8608 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (b
), 0);
8611 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
8612 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
8613 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
8614 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
8615 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
8616 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
8617 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
8618 we take just a single condition string.
8620 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
8621 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
8622 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
8623 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
8624 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
8627 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8628 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
8629 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8630 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8631 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8632 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8634 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
8636 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
8637 gdb_assert (canonical
->lsals
.size () == 1);
8639 for (const auto &lsal
: canonical
->lsals
)
8641 /* Note that 'location' can be NULL in the case of a plain
8642 'break', without arguments. */
8643 location_spec_up locspec
8644 = (canonical
->locspec
!= nullptr
8645 ? canonical
->locspec
->clone ()
8647 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter_string
8648 (lsal
.canonical
!= NULL
? xstrdup (lsal
.canonical
) : NULL
);
8650 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
,
8651 std::move (locspec
),
8652 std::move (filter_string
),
8653 std::move (cond_string
),
8654 std::move (extra_string
),
8656 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
8657 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
8658 canonical
->special_display
);
8662 /* Parse LOCSPEC which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
8663 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
8664 addresses found. LOCSPEC points to the end of the SAL (for
8667 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
8668 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
8671 parse_breakpoint_sals (location_spec
*locspec
,
8672 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
8674 struct symtab_and_line cursal
;
8676 if (locspec
->type () == LINESPEC_LOCATION_SPEC
)
8678 const char *spec
= as_linespec_location_spec (locspec
)->spec_string
;
8682 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default
8683 breakpoint address. */
8684 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
8686 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
8687 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
8688 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
8689 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
8690 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
8691 symtab_and_line sal
= get_last_displayed_sal ();
8692 CORE_ADDR pc
= sal
.pc
;
8694 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8696 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
8697 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
8698 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
8699 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
8700 instances with the same symtab and line. */
8702 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8704 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
8706 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
8708 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
8712 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
8716 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
8717 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
8718 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
8719 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
8721 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
8722 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
8723 cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
8724 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
8726 const char *spec
= NULL
;
8728 if (locspec
->type () == LINESPEC_LOCATION_SPEC
)
8729 spec
= as_linespec_location_spec (locspec
)->spec_string
;
8733 && strchr ("+-", spec
[0]) != NULL
8736 decode_line_full (locspec
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
8737 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
8738 get_last_displayed_line (),
8739 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
8744 decode_line_full (locspec
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
8745 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
8749 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
8750 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
8753 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> &sals
)
8755 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
8756 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
8759 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
8760 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
8761 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
8762 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
8763 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
8767 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8768 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
)
8770 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
8772 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
8774 sarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
8775 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
8776 associated with SAL. */
8780 if (!gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
.pc
, &msg
))
8781 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at %s%s"),
8782 paddress (sarch
, sal
.pc
), msg
.c_str ());
8786 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
8787 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
8788 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
8789 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
8790 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
8791 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
8794 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8795 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> *cond_string
,
8796 int *thread
, int *task
,
8797 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> *rest
)
8799 cond_string
->reset ();
8807 const char *end_tok
;
8809 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
8810 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
8812 tok
= skip_spaces (tok
);
8814 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
8816 rest
->reset (savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
)));
8820 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
8822 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
8824 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
8826 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
8829 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
8831 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&)
8836 tok
= tok
+ strlen (tok
);
8839 cond_string
->reset (savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
));
8841 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "-force-condition", toklen
) == 0)
8846 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
8849 struct thread_info
*thr
;
8852 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
8855 error (_("You can specify only one of thread or task."));
8858 thr
= parse_thread_id (tok
, &tmptok
);
8860 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
8861 *thread
= thr
->global_num
;
8864 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
8869 error(_("You can specify only one task."));
8872 error (_("You can specify only one of thread or task."));
8875 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
8877 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
8878 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
8879 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
8884 rest
->reset (savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
)));
8888 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
8892 /* Call 'find_condition_and_thread' for each sal in SALS until a parse
8893 succeeds. The parsed values are written to COND_STRING, THREAD,
8894 TASK, and REST. See the comment of 'find_condition_and_thread'
8895 for the description of these parameters and INPUT. */
8898 find_condition_and_thread_for_sals (const std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> &sals
,
8900 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> *cond_string
,
8901 int *thread
, int *task
,
8902 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> *rest
)
8904 int num_failures
= 0;
8905 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
8907 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond
;
8910 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> remaining
;
8912 /* Here we want to parse 'arg' to separate condition from thread
8913 number. But because parsing happens in a context and the
8914 contexts of sals might be different, try each until there is
8915 success. Finding one successful parse is sufficient for our
8916 goal. When setting the breakpoint we'll re-parse the
8917 condition in the context of each sal. */
8920 find_condition_and_thread (input
, sal
.pc
, &cond
, &thread_id
,
8921 &task_id
, &remaining
);
8922 *cond_string
= std::move (cond
);
8923 /* At most one of thread or task can be set. */
8924 gdb_assert (thread_id
== -1 || task_id
== -1);
8925 *thread
= thread_id
;
8927 *rest
= std::move (remaining
);
8930 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
8933 /* If no sal remains, do not continue. */
8934 if (num_failures
== sals
.size ())
8940 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
8942 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
8943 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (const char **arg_p
)
8945 const char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
8948 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
8950 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
8952 std::string
marker_str (p
, endp
- p
);
8954 std::vector
<static_tracepoint_marker
> markers
8955 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
.c_str ());
8956 if (markers
.empty ())
8957 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"),
8958 marker_str
.c_str ());
8960 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
8961 sals
.reserve (markers
.size ());
8963 for (const static_tracepoint_marker
&marker
: markers
)
8965 symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (marker
.address
, 0);
8966 sal
.pc
= marker
.address
;
8967 sals
.push_back (sal
);
8974 /* Returns the breakpoint ops appropriate for use with with LOCATION_TYPE and
8975 according to IS_TRACEPOINT. */
8977 static const struct breakpoint_ops
*
8978 breakpoint_ops_for_location_spec_type (enum location_spec_type locspec_type
,
8983 if (locspec_type
== PROBE_LOCATION_SPEC
)
8984 return &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
8986 return &code_breakpoint_ops
;
8990 if (locspec_type
== PROBE_LOCATION_SPEC
)
8991 return &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
8993 return &code_breakpoint_ops
;
8997 /* See breakpoint.h. */
8999 const struct breakpoint_ops
*
9000 breakpoint_ops_for_location_spec (const location_spec
*locspec
,
9003 if (locspec
!= nullptr)
9004 return (breakpoint_ops_for_location_spec_type
9005 (locspec
->type (), is_tracepoint
));
9006 return &code_breakpoint_ops
;
9009 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9012 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9013 location_spec
*locspec
,
9014 const char *cond_string
,
9015 int thread
, const char *extra_string
,
9016 bool force_condition
, int parse_extra
,
9017 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9019 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9020 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9021 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9024 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9025 bool pending
= false;
9027 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9029 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9031 /* If extra_string isn't useful, set it to NULL. */
9032 if (extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
== '\0')
9033 extra_string
= NULL
;
9037 ops
->create_sals_from_location_spec (locspec
, &canonical
);
9039 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
9041 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
9043 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
9045 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9048 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9051 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9053 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9054 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9055 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9056 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9057 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9060 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9061 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9062 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9063 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9070 if (!pending
&& canonical
.lsals
.empty ())
9073 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9074 are ok for the target. */
9077 for (auto &lsal
: canonical
.lsals
)
9078 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (lsal
.sals
);
9081 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9082 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9084 for (const auto &lsal
: canonical
.lsals
)
9085 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
);
9088 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9089 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9093 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string_copy
;
9094 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string_copy
;
9098 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> rest
;
9099 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond
;
9101 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
9103 find_condition_and_thread_for_sals (lsal
.sals
, extra_string
,
9104 &cond
, &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9105 cond_string_copy
= std::move (cond
);
9106 extra_string_copy
= std::move (rest
);
9110 if (type_wanted
!= bp_dprintf
9111 && extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
!= '\0')
9112 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), extra_string
);
9114 /* Check the validity of the condition. We should error out
9115 if the condition is invalid at all of the locations and
9116 if it is not forced. In the PARSE_EXTRA case above, this
9117 check is done when parsing the EXTRA_STRING. */
9118 if (cond_string
!= nullptr && !force_condition
)
9120 int num_failures
= 0;
9121 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
9122 for (const auto &sal
: lsal
.sals
)
9124 const char *cond
= cond_string
;
9127 parse_exp_1 (&cond
, sal
.pc
, block_for_pc (sal
.pc
), 0);
9128 /* One success is sufficient to keep going. */
9131 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&)
9134 /* If this is the last sal, error out. */
9135 if (num_failures
== lsal
.sals
.size ())
9141 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9143 cond_string_copy
.reset (xstrdup (cond_string
));
9144 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9146 extra_string_copy
.reset (xstrdup (extra_string
));
9149 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
9150 std::move (cond_string_copy
),
9151 std::move (extra_string_copy
),
9153 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9154 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
9155 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9159 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (gdbarch
,
9161 b
->locspec
= locspec
->clone ();
9164 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9167 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9168 b
->cond_string
.reset (cond_string
!= NULL
9169 ? xstrdup (cond_string
)
9174 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9175 b
->extra_string
.reset (extra_string
!= NULL
9176 ? xstrdup (extra_string
)
9178 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9179 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9180 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9181 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9182 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9183 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9184 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9186 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (b
), 0);
9189 if (canonical
.lsals
.size () > 1)
9191 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9192 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9193 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9196 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9201 /* Set a breakpoint.
9202 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9203 condition, and thread.
9204 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9205 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9209 break_command_1 (const char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9211 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9212 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9213 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9216 location_spec_up locspec
= string_to_location_spec (&arg
, current_language
);
9217 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
9218 = breakpoint_ops_for_location_spec (locspec
.get (),
9219 false /* is_tracepoint */);
9221 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9223 NULL
, 0, arg
, false, 1 /* parse arg */,
9224 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9225 0 /* Ignore count */,
9226 pending_break_support
,
9234 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9237 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9241 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9243 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9244 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9245 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
9248 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9249 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9250 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9251 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9254 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9256 const struct blockvector
*bv
;
9257 const struct block
*b
;
9260 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
,
9261 sal
->symtab
->compunit ());
9264 sym
= b
->linkage_function ();
9267 = sym
->obj_section (sal
->symtab
->compunit ()->objfile ());
9270 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9271 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9272 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9273 happen in assembly source). */
9275 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
9276 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
9278 bound_minimal_symbol msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
9280 sal
->section
= msym
.obj_section ();
9287 break_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9289 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9293 tbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9295 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
9299 hbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9301 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
9305 thbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9307 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
9310 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9311 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9312 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9316 dprintf_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9318 location_spec_up locspec
= string_to_location_spec (&arg
, current_language
);
9320 /* If non-NULL, ARG should have been advanced past the location;
9321 the next character must be ','. */
9324 if (arg
[0] != ',' || arg
[1] == '\0')
9325 error (_("Format string required"));
9328 /* Skip the comma. */
9333 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9335 NULL
, 0, arg
, false, 1 /* parse arg */,
9337 0 /* Ignore count */,
9338 pending_break_support
,
9339 &code_breakpoint_ops
,
9347 agent_printf_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9349 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9352 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" method for ranged breakpoints. */
9355 ranged_breakpoint::breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
9356 const address_space
*aspace
,
9358 const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
9360 if (ws
.kind () != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9361 || ws
.sig () != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
9364 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
9365 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
9368 /* Implement the "resources_needed" method for ranged breakpoints. */
9371 ranged_breakpoint::resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
9373 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9376 /* Implement the "print_it" method for ranged breakpoints. */
9378 enum print_stop_action
9379 ranged_breakpoint::print_it (const bpstat
*bs
) const
9381 struct bp_location
*bl
= loc
;
9382 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9384 gdb_assert (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9386 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9387 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9389 annotate_breakpoint (number
);
9391 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
9393 if (disposition
== disp_del
)
9394 uiout
->text ("Temporary ranged breakpoint ");
9396 uiout
->text ("Ranged breakpoint ");
9397 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9399 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
9400 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
9401 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (disposition
));
9403 print_num_locno (bs
, uiout
);
9406 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
9409 /* Implement the "print_one" method for ranged breakpoints. */
9412 ranged_breakpoint::print_one (bp_location
**last_loc
) const
9414 struct bp_location
*bl
= loc
;
9415 struct value_print_options opts
;
9416 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9418 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9419 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9421 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
9423 if (opts
.addressprint
)
9424 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
9425 by ranged_breakpoint::print_one_detail. */
9426 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
9428 print_breakpoint_location (this, bl
);
9434 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" method for ranged breakpoints. */
9437 ranged_breakpoint::print_one_detail (struct ui_out
*uiout
) const
9439 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
9440 struct bp_location
*bl
= loc
;
9445 address_start
= bl
->address
;
9446 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
9448 uiout
->text ("\taddress range: ");
9449 stb
.printf ("[%s, %s]",
9450 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
9451 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
9452 uiout
->field_stream ("addr", stb
);
9456 /* Implement the "print_mention" method for ranged breakpoints. */
9459 ranged_breakpoint::print_mention () const
9461 struct bp_location
*bl
= loc
;
9462 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9465 gdb_assert (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9467 uiout
->message (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
9468 number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
9469 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
9472 /* Implement the "print_recreate" method for ranged breakpoints. */
9475 ranged_breakpoint::print_recreate (struct ui_file
*fp
) const
9477 gdb_printf (fp
, "break-range %s, %s",
9478 locspec
->to_string (),
9479 locspec_range_end
->to_string ());
9480 print_recreate_thread (fp
);
9483 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
9484 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
9485 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
9486 last instruction of the given line. */
9489 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
9493 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
9494 find the address of the end of the given location. */
9495 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
9502 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
9504 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9506 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
9513 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
9516 break_range_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9518 const char *arg_start
;
9519 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
9520 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
9523 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
9524 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
9525 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
9527 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9528 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9529 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9532 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9534 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9535 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
9536 error(_("No address range specified."));
9539 location_spec_up start_locspec
9540 = string_to_location_spec (&arg
, current_language
);
9541 parse_breakpoint_sals (start_locspec
.get (), &canonical_start
);
9544 error (_("Too few arguments."));
9545 else if (canonical_start
.lsals
.empty ())
9546 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
9548 const linespec_sals
&lsal_start
= canonical_start
.lsals
[0];
9550 if (canonical_start
.lsals
.size () > 1
9551 || lsal_start
.sals
.size () != 1)
9552 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9554 const symtab_and_line
&sal_start
= lsal_start
.sals
[0];
9555 std::string
addr_string_start (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
9557 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
9558 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9560 /* Parse the end location specification. */
9564 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
9565 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start
9566 location spec's symtab and line as the default symtab and line
9567 for the end of the range. This makes it possible to have ranges
9568 like "foo.c:27, +14", where +14 means 14 lines from the start
9570 location_spec_up end_locspec
9571 = string_to_location_spec (&arg
, current_language
);
9572 decode_line_full (end_locspec
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9573 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
9574 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
9576 if (canonical_end
.lsals
.empty ())
9577 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9579 const linespec_sals
&lsal_end
= canonical_end
.lsals
[0];
9580 if (canonical_end
.lsals
.size () > 1
9581 || lsal_end
.sals
.size () != 1)
9582 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9584 const symtab_and_line
&sal_end
= lsal_end
.sals
[0];
9586 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
9587 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
9588 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
9590 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
9592 /* Length overflowed. */
9593 error (_("Address range too large."));
9594 else if (length
== 1)
9596 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
9597 the `hbreak' command. */
9598 hbreak_command (&addr_string_start
[0], 1);
9603 /* Now set up the breakpoint and install it. */
9605 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> br
9606 (new ranged_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9608 std::move (start_locspec
),
9609 std::move (end_locspec
)));
9611 install_breakpoint (false, std::move (br
), true);
9614 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
9615 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
9616 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
9620 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
9622 return exp
->op
->constant_p ();
9625 /* Implement the "re_set" method for watchpoints. */
9628 watchpoint::re_set ()
9630 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
9631 variables, or it can be on local variables.
9633 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
9634 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
9635 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
9636 are loaded and unloaded.
9638 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
9639 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
9640 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
9641 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
9642 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
9643 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
9645 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
9646 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
9647 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
9648 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
9650 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
9651 exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
9653 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
9654 reevaluated again when enabled. */
9655 update_watchpoint (this, true /* reparse */);
9658 /* Implement the "insert" method for hardware watchpoints. */
9661 watchpoint::insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
9663 int length
= exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
9665 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
9669 /* Implement the "remove" method for hardware watchpoints. */
9672 watchpoint::remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
9673 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
9675 int length
= exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
9677 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
9682 watchpoint::breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
9683 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
9684 const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
9686 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
9688 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
9689 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
9690 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
9691 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
9692 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
9693 (did not match the data address). */
9694 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
9695 && watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
9702 watchpoint::check_status (bpstat
*bs
)
9704 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
9706 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
9709 /* Implement the "resources_needed" method for hardware
9713 watchpoint::resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
9715 int length
= exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
9717 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
9720 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" method for hardware
9724 watchpoint::works_in_software_mode () const
9726 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
9727 return type
== bp_watchpoint
|| type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
9730 enum print_stop_action
9731 watchpoint::print_it (const bpstat
*bs
) const
9733 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9734 enum print_stop_action result
;
9735 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9737 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
9739 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
9741 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
9742 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
9746 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_tuple
> tuple_emitter
;
9750 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9751 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9753 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
9755 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
9756 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
9757 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
.get (), &stb
);
9758 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
9759 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
9760 watchpoint_value_print (val
.get (), &stb
);
9761 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
9763 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
9764 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
9767 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9768 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9770 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
9772 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
9773 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
9774 watchpoint_value_print (val
.get (), &stb
);
9775 uiout
->field_stream ("value", stb
);
9777 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
9780 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9781 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
9783 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9786 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
9788 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
9789 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
9790 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
.get (), &stb
);
9791 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
9792 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
9797 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9800 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
9801 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
9802 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
9804 watchpoint_value_print (val
.get (), &stb
);
9805 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
9807 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
9810 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
9816 /* Implement the "print_mention" method for hardware watchpoints. */
9819 watchpoint::print_mention () const
9821 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9822 const char *tuple_name
;
9827 uiout
->text ("Watchpoint ");
9830 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9831 uiout
->text ("Hardware watchpoint ");
9834 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9835 uiout
->text ("Hardware read watchpoint ");
9836 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
9838 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9839 uiout
->text ("Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
9840 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
9843 internal_error (_("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9846 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
9847 uiout
->field_signed ("number", number
);
9849 uiout
->field_string ("exp", exp_string
.get ());
9852 /* Implement the "print_recreate" method for watchpoints. */
9855 watchpoint::print_recreate (struct ui_file
*fp
) const
9860 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9861 gdb_printf (fp
, "watch");
9863 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9864 gdb_printf (fp
, "rwatch");
9866 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9867 gdb_printf (fp
, "awatch");
9870 internal_error (_("Invalid watchpoint type."));
9873 gdb_printf (fp
, " %s", exp_string
.get ());
9874 print_recreate_thread (fp
);
9877 /* Implement the "explains_signal" method for watchpoints. */
9880 watchpoint::explains_signal (enum gdb_signal sig
)
9882 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
9884 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
9890 struct masked_watchpoint
: public watchpoint
9892 using watchpoint::watchpoint
;
9894 int insert_location (struct bp_location
*) override
;
9895 int remove_location (struct bp_location
*,
9896 enum remove_bp_reason reason
) override
;
9897 int resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*) override
;
9898 bool works_in_software_mode () const override
;
9899 enum print_stop_action
print_it (const bpstat
*bs
) const override
;
9900 void print_one_detail (struct ui_out
*) const override
;
9901 void print_mention () const override
;
9902 void print_recreate (struct ui_file
*fp
) const override
;
9905 /* Implement the "insert" method for masked hardware watchpoints. */
9908 masked_watchpoint::insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
9910 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, hw_wp_mask
,
9911 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
9914 /* Implement the "remove" method for masked hardware watchpoints. */
9917 masked_watchpoint::remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
9918 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
9920 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, hw_wp_mask
,
9921 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
9924 /* Implement the "resources_needed" method for masked hardware
9928 masked_watchpoint::resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
9930 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, hw_wp_mask
);
9933 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" method for masked hardware
9937 masked_watchpoint::works_in_software_mode () const
9942 /* Implement the "print_it" method for masked hardware
9945 enum print_stop_action
9946 masked_watchpoint::print_it (const bpstat
*bs
) const
9948 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
9949 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9951 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
9952 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
9954 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
9955 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
9959 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9960 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9962 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
9965 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9966 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9968 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
9971 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9972 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9975 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
9978 internal_error (_("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9983 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
9984 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
9987 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
9988 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
9991 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" method for masked hardware
9995 masked_watchpoint::print_one_detail (struct ui_out
*uiout
) const
9997 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
9998 gdb_assert (loc
&& loc
->next
== NULL
);
10000 uiout
->text ("\tmask ");
10001 uiout
->field_core_addr ("mask", loc
->gdbarch
, hw_wp_mask
);
10002 uiout
->text ("\n");
10005 /* Implement the "print_mention" method for masked hardware
10009 masked_watchpoint::print_mention () const
10011 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10012 const char *tuple_name
;
10016 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10017 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10018 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10020 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10021 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10022 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
10024 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10025 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10026 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
10029 internal_error (_("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10032 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
10033 uiout
->field_signed ("number", number
);
10034 uiout
->text (": ");
10035 uiout
->field_string ("exp", exp_string
.get ());
10038 /* Implement the "print_recreate" method for masked hardware
10042 masked_watchpoint::print_recreate (struct ui_file
*fp
) const
10046 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10047 gdb_printf (fp
, "watch");
10049 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10050 gdb_printf (fp
, "rwatch");
10052 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10053 gdb_printf (fp
, "awatch");
10056 internal_error (_("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10059 gdb_printf (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", exp_string
.get (),
10060 phex (hw_wp_mask
, sizeof (CORE_ADDR
)));
10061 print_recreate_thread (fp
);
10064 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10067 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10069 return dynamic_cast<const masked_watchpoint
*> (b
) != nullptr;
10072 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10073 hw_read: watch read,
10074 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10076 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
10077 bool just_location
, bool internal
)
10079 struct breakpoint
*scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
10080 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10081 struct value
*result
;
10082 int saved_bitpos
= 0, saved_bitsize
= 0;
10083 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
10084 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
10085 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
10087 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
10088 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
10089 enum bptype bp_type
;
10091 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10092 the hardware watchpoint. */
10093 bool use_mask
= false;
10094 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
10097 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10098 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
10100 const char *value_start
;
10102 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
10104 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10105 of the arguments string. */
10106 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
10108 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10109 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10112 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10113 This is the value of the parameter. */
10114 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10116 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
10118 /* Skip whitespace. */
10119 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10124 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10125 This is the parameter itself. */
10126 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10129 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
10131 if (toklen
== 6 && startswith (tok
, "thread"))
10133 struct thread_info
*thr
;
10134 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10135 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10136 only in a specific thread. */
10140 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10143 error (_("You can specify only one of thread or task."));
10145 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10146 thr
= parse_thread_id (value_start
, &endp
);
10148 /* Check if the user provided a valid thread ID. */
10149 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
10150 invalid_thread_id_error (value_start
);
10152 thread
= thr
->global_num
;
10154 else if (toklen
== 4 && startswith (tok
, "task"))
10159 error(_("You can specify only one task."));
10162 error (_("You can specify only one of thread or task."));
10164 task
= strtol (value_start
, &tmp
, 0);
10165 if (tmp
== value_start
)
10166 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
10167 if (!valid_task_id (task
))
10168 error (_("Unknown task %d."), task
);
10170 else if (toklen
== 4 && startswith (tok
, "mask"))
10172 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10173 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10175 struct value
*mask_value
;
10178 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10180 use_mask
= just_location
= true;
10182 scoped_value_mark mark
;
10183 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
10184 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
10187 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10190 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10191 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10198 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
10199 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
10201 std::string
expression (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
10202 exp_start
= arg
= expression
.c_str ();
10203 innermost_block_tracker tracker
;
10204 expression_up exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0, &tracker
);
10206 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10207 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10209 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
10212 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10213 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
.get ()))
10217 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
10218 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
10220 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
10223 exp_valid_block
= tracker
.block ();
10224 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
10225 struct value
*val_as_value
= nullptr;
10226 fetch_subexp_value (exp
.get (), exp
->op
.get (), &val_as_value
, &result
, NULL
,
10229 if (val_as_value
!= NULL
&& just_location
)
10231 saved_bitpos
= val_as_value
->bitpos ();
10232 saved_bitsize
= val_as_value
->bitsize ();
10240 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10241 val
= release_value (value_addr (result
));
10242 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10246 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
.get ()),
10249 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10250 else if (ret
== -2)
10251 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10254 else if (val_as_value
!= NULL
)
10255 val
= release_value (val_as_value
);
10257 tok
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10258 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
10260 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
10261 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
10263 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
10264 innermost_block_tracker if_tracker
;
10265 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0, &if_tracker
);
10267 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
10268 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
10269 cond_exp_valid_block
= if_tracker
.block ();
10274 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
10276 frame_info_ptr wp_frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
10278 /* Save this because create_internal_breakpoint below invalidates
10280 frame_id watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (wp_frame
);
10282 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
10283 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
10284 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
10285 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
10286 if (exp_valid_block
!= NULL
&& wp_frame
!= NULL
)
10288 frame_id caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (wp_frame
);
10290 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
10292 gdbarch
*caller_arch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (wp_frame
);
10293 CORE_ADDR caller_pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (wp_frame
);
10296 = create_internal_breakpoint (caller_arch
, caller_pc
,
10297 bp_watchpoint_scope
);
10299 /* create_internal_breakpoint could invalidate WP_FRAME. */
10302 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
10304 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
10305 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
10307 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
10308 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= caller_frame_id
;
10310 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
10311 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
= caller_arch
;
10312 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
= caller_pc
;
10313 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
10314 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
10315 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
10316 scope_breakpoint
->type
,
10317 current_program_space
);
10321 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
10322 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
10323 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
10324 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
10326 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
10327 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
10328 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
10329 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
10331 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10333 std::unique_ptr
<watchpoint
> w
;
10335 w
.reset (new masked_watchpoint (nullptr, bp_type
));
10337 w
.reset (new watchpoint (nullptr, bp_type
));
10339 /* At most one of thread or task can be set on a watchpoint. */
10340 gdb_assert (thread
== -1 || task
== -1);
10341 w
->thread
= thread
;
10343 w
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10344 w
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
10345 w
->exp
= std::move (exp
);
10346 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
10347 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
10350 struct type
*t
= val
->type ();
10351 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
.get ());
10353 w
->exp_string_reparse
10354 = current_language
->watch_location_expression (t
, addr
);
10356 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
10357 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
10360 w
->exp_string
.reset (savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
));
10364 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
10369 w
->val_bitpos
= saved_bitpos
;
10370 w
->val_bitsize
= saved_bitsize
;
10371 w
->val_valid
= true;
10375 w
->cond_string
.reset (savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
));
10377 w
->cond_string
= 0;
10379 if (frame_id_p (watchpoint_frame
))
10381 w
->watchpoint_frame
= watchpoint_frame
;
10382 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
10386 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
10387 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
10390 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
10392 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
10393 need to act on them together. */
10394 w
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
10395 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= w
.get ();
10398 if (!just_location
)
10399 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10401 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
10402 that should be inserted. */
10403 update_watchpoint (w
.get (), true /* reparse */);
10405 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (w
), 1);
10408 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
10409 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
10412 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (const std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> &vals
)
10414 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
10416 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
10417 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
10420 gdb_assert (!vals
.empty ());
10421 struct value
*head
= vals
[0].get ();
10423 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
10424 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
10425 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
10426 hardware watchpoint.
10428 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
10429 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
10430 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
10431 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
10432 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
10433 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
10434 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
10435 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
10436 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
10438 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
10439 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
10440 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
10441 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
10442 for (const value_ref_ptr
&iter
: vals
)
10444 struct value
*v
= iter
.get ();
10446 if (v
->lval () == lval_memory
)
10448 if (v
!= head
&& v
->lazy ())
10449 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
10450 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
10451 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
10452 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
10453 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
10457 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
10458 it with hardware watchpoints. */
10459 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (v
->type ());
10461 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
10462 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
10463 middle of some value chain. */
10465 || (vtype
->code () != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
10466 && vtype
->code () != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
10468 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= v
->address ();
10472 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
10473 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
10474 1 : v
->type ()->length ();
10476 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
10480 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
10484 else if (v
->lval () != not_lval
&& !v
->deprecated_modifiable ())
10485 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
10486 else if (v
->lval () == lval_register
)
10487 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
10490 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
10491 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
10492 return found_memory_cnt
;
10496 watch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, bool internal
)
10498 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10501 /* Options for the watch, awatch, and rwatch commands. */
10503 struct watch_options
10505 /* For -location. */
10506 bool location
= false;
10509 /* Definitions of options for the "watch", "awatch", and "rwatch" commands.
10511 Historically GDB always accepted both '-location' and '-l' flags for
10512 these commands (both flags being synonyms). When converting to the
10513 newer option scheme only '-location' is added here. That's fine (for
10514 backward compatibility) as any non-ambiguous prefix of a flag will be
10515 accepted, so '-l', '-loc', are now all accepted.
10517 What this means is that, if in the future, we add any new flag here
10518 that starts with '-l' then this will break backward compatibility, so
10519 please, don't do that! */
10521 static const gdb::option::option_def watch_option_defs
[] = {
10522 gdb::option::flag_option_def
<watch_options
> {
10524 [] (watch_options
*opt
) { return &opt
->location
; },
10526 This evaluates EXPRESSION and watches the memory to which is refers.\n\
10527 -l can be used as a short form of -location."),
10531 /* Returns the option group used by 'watch', 'awatch', and 'rwatch'
10534 static gdb::option::option_def_group
10535 make_watch_options_def_group (watch_options
*opts
)
10537 return {{watch_option_defs
}, opts
};
10540 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
10541 calls watch_command_1. */
10544 watch_maybe_just_location (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
10546 watch_options opts
;
10547 auto grp
= make_watch_options_def_group (&opts
);
10548 gdb::option::process_options
10549 (&arg
, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_OPERAND
, grp
);
10550 if (arg
!= nullptr && *arg
== '\0')
10553 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, opts
.location
, false);
10556 /* Command completion for 'watch', 'awatch', and 'rwatch' commands. */
10558 watch_command_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*ignore
,
10559 completion_tracker
&tracker
,
10560 const char *text
, const char * /*word*/)
10562 const auto group
= make_watch_options_def_group (nullptr);
10563 if (gdb::option::complete_options
10564 (tracker
, &text
, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_OPERAND
, group
))
10567 const char *word
= advance_to_expression_complete_word_point (tracker
, text
);
10568 expression_completer (ignore
, tracker
, text
, word
);
10572 watch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10574 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
10578 rwatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, bool internal
)
10580 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10584 rwatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10586 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
10590 awatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, bool internal
)
10592 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10596 awatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10598 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
10602 /* Data for the FSM that manages the until(location)/advance commands
10603 in infcmd.c. Here because it uses the mechanisms of
10606 struct until_break_fsm
: public thread_fsm
10608 /* The thread that was current when the command was executed. */
10611 /* The breakpoint set at the return address in the caller frame,
10612 plus breakpoints at all the destination locations. */
10613 std::vector
<breakpoint_up
> breakpoints
;
10615 until_break_fsm (struct interp
*cmd_interp
, int thread
,
10616 std::vector
<breakpoint_up
> &&breakpoints
)
10617 : thread_fsm (cmd_interp
),
10619 breakpoints (std::move (breakpoints
))
10623 void clean_up (struct thread_info
*thread
) override
;
10624 bool should_stop (struct thread_info
*thread
) override
;
10625 enum async_reply_reason
do_async_reply_reason () override
;
10628 /* Implementation of the 'should_stop' FSM method for the
10629 until(location)/advance commands. */
10632 until_break_fsm::should_stop (struct thread_info
*tp
)
10634 for (const breakpoint_up
&bp
: breakpoints
)
10635 if (bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
10636 bp
.get ()) != NULL
)
10645 /* Implementation of the 'clean_up' FSM method for the
10646 until(location)/advance commands. */
10649 until_break_fsm::clean_up (struct thread_info
*)
10651 /* Clean up our temporary breakpoints. */
10652 breakpoints
.clear ();
10653 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (thread
);
10656 /* Implementation of the 'async_reply_reason' FSM method for the
10657 until(location)/advance commands. */
10659 enum async_reply_reason
10660 until_break_fsm::do_async_reply_reason ()
10662 return EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
;
10666 until_break_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
10668 frame_info_ptr frame
;
10669 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
10670 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
10671 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
10673 struct thread_info
*tp
;
10675 clear_proceed_status (0);
10677 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
10680 location_spec_up locspec
= string_to_location_spec (&arg
, current_language
);
10682 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
10683 = (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
10684 ? decode_line_1 (locspec
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
10685 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
10686 get_last_displayed_line ())
10687 : decode_line_1 (locspec
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
10691 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
10694 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
10696 tp
= inferior_thread ();
10697 thread
= tp
->global_num
;
10699 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
10700 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
10701 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
10704 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
10705 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
10706 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
10707 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
10709 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
10712 std::vector
<breakpoint_up
> breakpoints
;
10714 gdb::optional
<delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
> lj_deleter
;
10716 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
10718 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
10719 struct gdbarch
*caller_gdbarch
;
10721 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
10722 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
10723 caller_gdbarch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
10725 breakpoint_up caller_breakpoint
10726 = set_momentary_breakpoint (caller_gdbarch
, sal2
,
10727 caller_frame_id
, bp_until
);
10728 breakpoints
.emplace_back (std::move (caller_breakpoint
));
10730 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, stack_frame_id
);
10731 lj_deleter
.emplace (thread
);
10734 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
10737 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location, we
10738 don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. Otherwise,
10739 specify the selected frame, because we want to stop only at the
10740 very same frame. */
10741 frame_id stop_frame_id
= anywhere
? null_frame_id
: stack_frame_id
;
10743 for (symtab_and_line
&sal
: sals
)
10745 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
10747 breakpoint_up location_breakpoint
10748 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
10749 stop_frame_id
, bp_until
);
10750 breakpoints
.emplace_back (std::move (location_breakpoint
));
10754 (std::unique_ptr
<thread_fsm
>
10755 (new until_break_fsm (command_interp (), tp
->global_num
,
10756 std::move (breakpoints
))));
10759 lj_deleter
->release ();
10761 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
);
10766 /* Compare two breakpoints and return a strcmp-like result. */
10769 compare_breakpoints (const breakpoint
*a
, const breakpoint
*b
)
10771 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) a
;
10772 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) b
;
10774 if (a
->number
< b
->number
)
10776 else if (a
->number
> b
->number
)
10779 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
10783 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
10786 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
10789 clear_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10793 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> decoded_sals
;
10794 symtab_and_line last_sal
;
10795 gdb::array_view
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
10799 = decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
10800 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
10801 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
10803 sals
= decoded_sals
;
10807 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
10808 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
10809 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
10810 last_sal
= get_last_displayed_sal ();
10811 if (last_sal
.symtab
== 0)
10812 error (_("No source file specified."));
10818 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
10819 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
10820 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
10821 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
10823 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
10824 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
10825 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
10826 due to optimization, all in one block.
10828 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
10829 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
10830 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
10831 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
10832 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
10833 to support that. */
10835 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
10836 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
10837 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
10840 std::vector
<struct breakpoint
*> found
;
10841 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
10843 const char *sal_fullname
;
10845 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
10846 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
10847 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
10850 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
10855 1 0 <can't happen> */
10857 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
10858 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
10860 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
10861 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
10864 /* Are we going to delete b? */
10865 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
)
10866 && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
10868 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
10870 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
10871 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
10872 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
10874 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
10875 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
10876 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
10877 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
10878 int line_match
= 0;
10880 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
10881 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
10882 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
10883 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
10884 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
10885 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
10886 sal_fullname
) == 0)
10889 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
10898 found
.push_back (b
);
10902 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
10903 if (found
.empty ())
10906 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
10908 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
10911 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
10912 std::sort (found
.begin (), found
.end (),
10913 [] (const breakpoint
*bp_a
, const breakpoint
*bp_b
)
10915 return compare_breakpoints (bp_a
, bp_b
) < 0;
10917 found
.erase (std::unique (found
.begin (), found
.end (),
10918 [] (const breakpoint
*bp_a
, const breakpoint
*bp_b
)
10920 return compare_breakpoints (bp_a
, bp_b
) == 0;
10924 if (found
.size () > 1)
10925 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
10928 if (found
.size () == 1)
10929 gdb_printf (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
10931 gdb_printf (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
10934 for (breakpoint
*iter
: found
)
10937 gdb_printf ("%d ", iter
->number
);
10938 delete_breakpoint (iter
);
10944 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
10945 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
10946 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
10949 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat
*bs
)
10951 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
10952 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
10953 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
10955 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
10957 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
10958 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
10959 delete_breakpoint (b
);
10962 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
10963 std::sort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
10964 bl_address_is_meaningful says), secondarily by ordering first
10965 permanent elements and terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted
10966 stable way despite std::sort being an unstable algorithm. */
10969 bp_location_is_less_than (const bp_location
*a
, const bp_location
*b
)
10971 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
10972 return a
->address
< b
->address
;
10974 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
10975 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
10978 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
10979 return a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
;
10981 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
10982 if (a
->permanent
!= b
->permanent
)
10983 return a
->permanent
> b
->permanent
;
10985 /* Sort by type in order to make duplicate determination easier.
10986 See update_global_location_list. This is kept in sync with
10987 breakpoint_locations_match. */
10988 if (a
->loc_type
< b
->loc_type
)
10991 /* Likewise, for range-breakpoints, sort by length. */
10992 if (a
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
10993 && b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
10994 && a
->length
< b
->length
)
10997 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
10998 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
10999 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
11001 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
11002 return a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
;
11007 /* Set bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max and
11008 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
11009 content of the bp_locations array. */
11012 bp_locations_target_extensions_update (void)
11014 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
11015 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
11017 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
11019 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
11021 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
11024 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
11025 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
11027 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
11028 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
11029 if (addr
> bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
)
11030 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
11032 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
11034 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
11035 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
11036 if (addr
> bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
11037 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
11041 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
11044 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
11046 enum tribool can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
;
11048 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
11050 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_tracepoints ())
11052 struct tracepoint
*t
;
11053 bool bp_location_downloaded
= false;
11055 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
11056 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
11057 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
11060 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
)
11062 if (target_can_download_tracepoint ())
11063 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_TRUE
;
11065 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_FALSE
;
11068 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_FALSE
)
11071 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
11073 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
11074 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
11075 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
11076 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
11079 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
11081 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
11084 bp_location_downloaded
= true;
11086 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
11087 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
11088 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
11089 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
11093 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
11096 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
11098 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
11099 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
11100 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
11101 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
11103 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
11104 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
11105 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
11106 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
11107 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
11109 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
11110 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
11111 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
11112 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
11113 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
11114 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
11115 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
11116 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
11119 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
11120 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
11121 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
11125 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
11127 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
11130 address
= bl
->address
;
11131 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
11133 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
11134 evaluating conditions and if the user has
11135 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
11137 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
11138 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
11141 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
11142 the same program space as the location
11143 as "its condition has changed". We need to
11144 update the conditions on the target's side. */
11145 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations_at_addr (address
))
11147 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
11148 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
11151 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
11152 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
11153 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
11154 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
11155 that have already been marked. */
11156 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
11158 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
11160 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
11164 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
11165 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
11166 locations are duplicate of which.
11168 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
11169 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
11173 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
11175 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
11176 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
11177 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
11178 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
11180 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
11181 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
11182 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
11183 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
11184 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
11186 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
11187 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
11188 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
11189 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
11191 /* Saved former bp_locations array which we compare against the newly
11192 built bp_locations from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
11193 std::vector
<bp_location
*> old_locations
= std::move (bp_locations
);
11194 bp_locations
.clear ();
11196 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
11197 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
11198 bp_locations
.push_back (loc
);
11200 /* See if we need to "upgrade" a software breakpoint to a hardware
11201 breakpoint. Do this before deciding whether locations are
11202 duplicates. Also do this before sorting because sorting order
11203 depends on location type. */
11204 for (bp_location
*loc
: bp_locations
)
11205 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
11206 handle_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (loc
);
11208 std::sort (bp_locations
.begin (), bp_locations
.end (),
11209 bp_location_is_less_than
);
11211 bp_locations_target_extensions_update ();
11213 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
11214 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
11215 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
11216 if there's another location at the same address (previously
11217 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
11220 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
11221 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
11224 for (bp_location
*old_loc
: old_locations
)
11226 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
11227 not, we have to free it. */
11228 bool found_object
= false;
11229 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
11230 bool keep_in_target
= false;
11231 bool removed
= false;
11233 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
11234 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
11235 while (loc_i
< bp_locations
.size ()
11236 && bp_locations
[loc_i
]->address
< old_loc
->address
)
11239 for (size_t loc2_i
= loc_i
;
11240 (loc2_i
< bp_locations
.size ()
11241 && bp_locations
[loc2_i
]->address
== old_loc
->address
);
11244 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
11245 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
11246 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
11248 if (bp_locations
[loc2_i
]->condition_changed
== condition_modified
11249 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
11250 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
11252 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (bp_locations
[loc2_i
]);
11253 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
11256 if (bp_locations
[loc2_i
] == old_loc
)
11257 found_object
= true;
11260 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
11261 have to go through updates again. */
11262 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
11264 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
11266 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
11268 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
11269 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
11270 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
11271 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
11272 at certain location is not inserted. */
11274 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
11276 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
11279 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
11281 /* The location is still present in the location list,
11282 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
11283 keep_in_target
= true;
11287 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
11288 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
11289 remove its target-side condition. */
11291 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
11292 disabled. See if there's another location at the
11293 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
11294 this one from the target. */
11296 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
11297 if (bl_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
))
11299 for (size_t loc2_i
= loc_i
;
11300 (loc2_i
< bp_locations
.size ()
11301 && bp_locations
[loc2_i
]->address
== old_loc
->address
);
11304 bp_location
*loc2
= bp_locations
[loc2_i
];
11306 if (loc2
== old_loc
)
11309 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
11311 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
11312 access watchpoints, if the former are not
11313 supported, but the latter are. */
11314 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
11316 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
11317 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
11320 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
11321 if it should be inserted in case it will be
11323 if (unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
11325 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
11326 keep_in_target
= true;
11334 if (!keep_in_target
)
11336 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
))
11338 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
11339 this location on the global list, and try to
11340 remove it next time, but there's no particular
11341 reason why we will succeed next time.
11343 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
11344 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
11345 only after calling us. */
11346 warning (_("error removing breakpoint %d at %s"),
11347 old_loc
->owner
->number
,
11348 paddress (old_loc
->gdbarch
, old_loc
->address
));
11356 if (removed
&& target_is_non_stop_p ()
11357 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc
))
11359 /* This location was removed from the target. In
11360 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
11361 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
11362 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
11363 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
11364 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
11365 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
11366 after we see some number of events. The theory here
11367 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
11368 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
11369 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
11370 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
11371 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
11372 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
11375 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
11376 decr_pc_after_break targets.
11378 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
11379 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
11380 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
11381 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
11382 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
11383 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
11384 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
11385 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
11386 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
11387 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
11388 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
11389 targets that do not support new thread events, like
11390 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
11393 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
11394 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
11395 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
11396 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
11398 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
11399 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
11400 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
11401 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
11402 traps we can no longer explain. */
11404 process_stratum_target
*proc_target
= nullptr;
11405 for (inferior
*inf
: all_inferiors ())
11406 if (inf
->pspace
== old_loc
->pspace
)
11408 proc_target
= inf
->process_target ();
11411 if (proc_target
!= nullptr)
11412 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
11413 = 3 * (thread_count (proc_target
) + 1);
11415 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 1;
11416 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
11418 moribund_locations
.push_back (old_loc
);
11422 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
11423 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
11428 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
11429 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
11430 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
11431 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
11432 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
11433 are sorted first for the same address.
11435 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
11436 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
11438 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
11439 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
11440 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
11441 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
11443 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
11445 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
11447 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
11448 breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
11450 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
11451 || !bl_address_is_meaningful (loc
)
11452 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
11453 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
11454 `struct bp_location'. */
11455 || is_tracepoint (b
))
11457 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
11458 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
11462 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
11463 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
11464 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
11465 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
11466 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
11467 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
11469 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
11471 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
11472 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
11473 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
11475 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
11476 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
11478 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
11480 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
11481 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
11482 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
11488 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
11489 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
11490 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
11492 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
11493 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
11495 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
11496 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
11499 if (insert_mode
== UGLL_INSERT
|| breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
11501 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
11502 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
11505 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
11506 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
11507 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
11508 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
11509 only update conditions for locations that are marked
11511 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
11515 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
11516 download_tracepoint_locations ();
11520 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
11522 for (int ix
= 0; ix
< moribund_locations
.size (); ++ix
)
11524 struct bp_location
*loc
= moribund_locations
[ix
];
11525 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
11527 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
11528 unordered_remove (moribund_locations
, ix
);
11535 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
11540 update_global_location_list (insert_mode
);
11542 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
11547 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
11550 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat
*bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
11554 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
11555 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
11557 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
11558 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
11559 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
11563 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
11565 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
11567 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= (struct breakpoint
*) data
;
11569 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
11573 /* See breakpoint.h. */
11576 code_breakpoint::say_where () const
11578 struct value_print_options opts
;
11580 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
11582 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
11586 /* For pending locations, the output differs slightly based
11587 on extra_string. If this is non-NULL, it contains either
11588 a condition or dprintf arguments. */
11589 if (extra_string
== NULL
)
11591 gdb_printf (_(" (%s) pending."), locspec
->to_string ());
11593 else if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
11595 gdb_printf (_(" (%s,%s) pending."),
11596 locspec
->to_string (),
11597 extra_string
.get ());
11601 gdb_printf (_(" (%s %s) pending."),
11602 locspec
->to_string (),
11603 extra_string
.get ());
11608 if (opts
.addressprint
|| loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
11609 gdb_printf (" at %ps",
11610 styled_string (address_style
.style (),
11611 paddress (loc
->gdbarch
,
11613 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
11615 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
11617 if (loc
->next
== NULL
)
11619 const char *filename
11620 = symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
);
11621 gdb_printf (": file %ps, line %d.",
11622 styled_string (file_name_style
.style (),
11627 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
11628 different file name, and this at least reflects the
11629 real situation somewhat. */
11630 gdb_printf (": %s.", locspec
->to_string ());
11635 struct bp_location
*iter
= loc
;
11637 for (; iter
; iter
= iter
->next
)
11639 gdb_printf (" (%d locations)", n
);
11644 /* See breakpoint.h. */
11646 bp_location_range
breakpoint::locations () const
11648 return bp_location_range (this->loc
);
11651 struct bp_location
*
11652 breakpoint::allocate_location ()
11654 return new bp_location (this);
11657 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
11658 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
11661 breakpoint::insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
11663 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11667 breakpoint::remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
11668 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
11670 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11674 breakpoint::breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
11675 const address_space
*aspace
,
11677 const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
11679 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11683 breakpoint::resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
11685 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11688 enum print_stop_action
11689 breakpoint::print_it (const bpstat
*bs
) const
11691 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11695 breakpoint::print_mention () const
11697 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11701 breakpoint::print_recreate (struct ui_file
*fp
) const
11703 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11706 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
11709 code_breakpoint::re_set ()
11711 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
11712 if (breakpoint_location_spec_empty_p (this))
11714 /* Anything without a location can't be re-set. */
11715 delete_breakpoint (this);
11723 code_breakpoint::insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
11725 CORE_ADDR addr
= bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
;
11727 bl
->target_info
.kind
= breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
11728 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
11731 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
11732 result
= target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
11734 result
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
11736 if (result
== 0 && bl
->probe
.prob
!= nullptr)
11738 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
11740 bl
->probe
.prob
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
.objfile
, bl
->gdbarch
);
11747 code_breakpoint::remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
11748 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
11750 if (bl
->probe
.prob
!= nullptr)
11752 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
11753 bl
->probe
.prob
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
.objfile
, bl
->gdbarch
);
11756 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
11757 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
11759 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
, reason
);
11763 code_breakpoint::breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
11764 const address_space
*aspace
,
11766 const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
11768 if (ws
.kind () != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
11769 || ws
.sig () != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
11772 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
11776 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
11777 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
11778 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
11785 dprintf_breakpoint::breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
11786 const address_space
*aspace
,
11788 const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
11790 if (dprintf_style
== dprintf_style_agent
11791 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
11793 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
11794 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
11795 be set at the same address. */
11799 return this->ordinary_breakpoint::breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
11803 ordinary_breakpoint::resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
11805 gdb_assert (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
11810 enum print_stop_action
11811 ordinary_breakpoint::print_it (const bpstat
*bs
) const
11813 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
11815 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11817 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
.get ();
11819 bp_temp
= disposition
== disp_del
;
11820 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
11821 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
11824 annotate_breakpoint (number
);
11825 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
11827 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
11829 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
11830 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
11831 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (disposition
));
11835 uiout
->text ("Temporary breakpoint ");
11837 uiout
->text ("Breakpoint ");
11838 print_num_locno (bs
, uiout
);
11839 uiout
->text (", ");
11841 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
11845 ordinary_breakpoint::print_mention () const
11847 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
11852 case bp_breakpoint
:
11853 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
11854 if (disposition
== disp_del
)
11855 gdb_printf (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
11857 gdb_printf (_("Breakpoint"));
11858 gdb_printf (_(" %d"), number
);
11859 if (type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
11860 gdb_printf (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
11862 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
11863 gdb_printf (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), number
);
11866 gdb_printf (_("Dprintf %d"), number
);
11874 ordinary_breakpoint::print_recreate (struct ui_file
*fp
) const
11876 if (type
== bp_breakpoint
&& disposition
== disp_del
)
11877 gdb_printf (fp
, "tbreak");
11878 else if (type
== bp_breakpoint
)
11879 gdb_printf (fp
, "break");
11880 else if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
11881 && disposition
== disp_del
)
11882 gdb_printf (fp
, "thbreak");
11883 else if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
11884 gdb_printf (fp
, "hbreak");
11886 internal_error (_("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) type
);
11888 gdb_printf (fp
, " %s", locspec
->to_string ());
11890 /* Print out extra_string if this breakpoint is pending. It might
11891 contain, for example, conditions that were set by the user. */
11892 if (loc
== NULL
&& extra_string
!= NULL
)
11893 gdb_printf (fp
, " %s", extra_string
.get ());
11895 print_recreate_thread (fp
);
11898 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
11899 code_breakpoint::decode_location_spec (location_spec
*locspec
,
11900 program_space
*search_pspace
)
11902 if (locspec
->type () == PROBE_LOCATION_SPEC
)
11903 return bkpt_probe_decode_location_spec (this, locspec
, search_pspace
);
11905 struct linespec_result canonical
;
11907 decode_line_full (locspec
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, search_pspace
,
11908 NULL
, 0, &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
11911 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
11912 gdb_assert (canonical
.lsals
.size () < 2);
11914 if (!canonical
.lsals
.empty ())
11916 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
11917 return std::move (lsal
.sals
);
11922 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
11925 internal_breakpoint::re_set ()
11929 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
11930 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
11931 case bp_overlay_event
:
11932 case bp_longjmp_master
:
11933 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
11934 case bp_exception_master
:
11935 delete_breakpoint (this);
11938 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
11939 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
11940 case bp_shlib_event
:
11942 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
11943 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
11944 case bp_thread_event
:
11950 internal_breakpoint::check_status (bpstat
*bs
)
11952 if (type
== bp_shlib_event
)
11954 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
11955 events. This allows the user to get control and place
11956 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
11957 objects (among other things). */
11958 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
!= 0;
11959 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
!= 0;
11965 enum print_stop_action
11966 internal_breakpoint::print_it (const bpstat
*bs
) const
11970 case bp_shlib_event
:
11971 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
11972 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
11973 to shlib event" message.) */
11974 print_solib_event (false);
11977 case bp_thread_event
:
11978 /* Not sure how we will get here.
11979 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
11980 gdb_printf (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
11983 case bp_overlay_event
:
11984 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
11985 gdb_printf (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
11988 case bp_longjmp_master
:
11989 /* These should never be enabled. */
11990 gdb_printf (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
11993 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
11994 /* These should never be enabled. */
11995 gdb_printf (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
11996 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
11999 case bp_exception_master
:
12000 /* These should never be enabled. */
12001 gdb_printf (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
12002 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12006 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
12010 internal_breakpoint::print_mention () const
12012 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12015 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
12018 momentary_breakpoint::re_set ()
12020 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
12021 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
12022 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
12023 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
12027 momentary_breakpoint::check_status (bpstat
*bs
)
12029 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
12032 enum print_stop_action
12033 momentary_breakpoint::print_it (const bpstat
*bs
) const
12035 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
12039 momentary_breakpoint::print_mention () const
12041 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12044 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
12046 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
12047 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
12049 longjmp_breakpoint::~longjmp_breakpoint ()
12051 thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_global_id (this->thread
);
12054 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
12058 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location_spec (location_spec
*locspec
,
12059 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
12062 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
12064 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (locspec
, NULL
, canonical
);
12065 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (canonical
->locspec
->to_string ());
12066 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
12069 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12070 bkpt_probe_decode_location_spec (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12071 location_spec
*locspec
,
12072 program_space
*search_pspace
)
12074 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
12075 = parse_probes (locspec
, search_pspace
, NULL
);
12077 error (_("probe not found"));
12082 tracepoint::breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12083 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12084 const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
12086 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
12092 tracepoint::print_one_detail (struct ui_out
*uiout
) const
12094 if (!static_trace_marker_id
.empty ())
12096 gdb_assert (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
12097 || type
== bp_static_marker_tracepoint
);
12099 uiout
->message ("\tmarker id is %pF\n",
12100 string_field ("static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
12101 static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ()));
12106 tracepoint::print_mention () const
12108 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12113 case bp_tracepoint
:
12114 gdb_printf (_("Tracepoint"));
12115 gdb_printf (_(" %d"), number
);
12117 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
12118 gdb_printf (_("Fast tracepoint"));
12119 gdb_printf (_(" %d"), number
);
12121 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
12122 case bp_static_marker_tracepoint
:
12123 gdb_printf (_("Static tracepoint"));
12124 gdb_printf (_(" %d"), number
);
12127 internal_error (_("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) type
);
12134 tracepoint::print_recreate (struct ui_file
*fp
) const
12136 if (type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
12137 gdb_printf (fp
, "ftrace");
12138 else if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
12139 || type
== bp_static_marker_tracepoint
)
12140 gdb_printf (fp
, "strace");
12141 else if (type
== bp_tracepoint
)
12142 gdb_printf (fp
, "trace");
12144 internal_error (_("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) type
);
12146 gdb_printf (fp
, " %s", locspec
->to_string ());
12147 print_recreate_thread (fp
);
12150 gdb_printf (fp
, " passcount %d\n", pass_count
);
12153 /* Virtual table for tracepoints on static probes. */
12156 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location_spec
12157 (location_spec
*locspec
,
12158 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
12160 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12161 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location_spec (locspec
, canonical
);
12165 dprintf_breakpoint::re_set ()
12169 /* extra_string should never be non-NULL for dprintf. */
12170 gdb_assert (extra_string
!= NULL
);
12172 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
12173 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
12174 3 - disconnect from target 1
12175 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
12177 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
12178 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
12179 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
12180 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
12181 it all the time. */
12182 if (extra_string
!= NULL
)
12183 update_dprintf_command_list (this);
12186 /* Implement the "print_recreate" method for dprintf. */
12189 dprintf_breakpoint::print_recreate (struct ui_file
*fp
) const
12191 gdb_printf (fp
, "dprintf %s,%s", locspec
->to_string (), extra_string
.get ());
12192 print_recreate_thread (fp
);
12195 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" method for dprintf.
12197 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
12198 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
12199 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
12200 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
12201 address are all handled. */
12204 dprintf_breakpoint::after_condition_true (struct bpstat
*bs
)
12206 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
12207 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
12208 condition not be evaluated. */
12211 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
12212 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
12213 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
12214 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
12215 commands here throws. */
12216 counted_command_line cmds
= std::move (bs
->commands
);
12217 gdb_assert (cmds
!= nullptr);
12218 execute_control_commands (cmds
.get (), 0);
12221 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
12225 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location_spec (location_spec
*locspec
,
12226 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
12228 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
12229 const char *arg_start
, *arg
;
12231 arg
= arg_start
= as_linespec_location_spec (locspec
)->spec_string
;
12232 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg
);
12234 std::string
str (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
12235 const char *ptr
= str
.c_str ();
12237 = new_linespec_location_spec (&ptr
, symbol_name_match_type::FULL
);
12239 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (canonical
->locspec
->to_string ());
12240 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
12244 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12245 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12246 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12247 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12248 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12249 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12251 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12252 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12253 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12255 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
->lsals
[0];
12257 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
12258 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
12259 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
12260 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
12261 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
12262 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
12264 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< lsal
.sals
.size (); i
++)
12266 location_spec_up locspec
= canonical
->locspec
->clone ();
12268 std::unique_ptr
<tracepoint
> tp
12269 (new tracepoint (gdbarch
,
12272 std::move (locspec
),
12274 std::move (cond_string
),
12275 std::move (extra_string
),
12277 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
12278 from_tty
, enabled
, flags
,
12279 canonical
->special_display
));
12281 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
12282 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
12283 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
12284 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
12285 try to match up which of the newly found markers
12286 corresponds to this one */
12287 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
12289 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (tp
), 0);
12293 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12294 static_marker_tracepoint::decode_location_spec (location_spec
*locspec
,
12295 program_space
*search_pspace
)
12297 const char *s
= as_linespec_location_spec (locspec
)->spec_string
;
12299 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s
);
12300 if (sals
.size () > static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
12302 sals
[0] = sals
[static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
12307 error (_("marker %s not found"), static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
12310 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
12311 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
=
12313 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location_spec
,
12314 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
,
12318 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12320 return b
->type
== bp_static_marker_tracepoint
;
12323 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
12327 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12329 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
12331 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
12332 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
12335 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
12336 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
12337 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
12338 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
12339 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
12342 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
12343 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
12344 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
12345 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
12347 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
12350 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
12351 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
12352 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
12354 struct breakpoint
*related
;
12355 struct watchpoint
*w
;
12357 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
12358 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
12359 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
12360 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
12364 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
12366 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
12367 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
12368 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
12369 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
12370 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
12373 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
12374 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
12375 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
12376 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
12378 gdb::observers::breakpoint_deleted
.notify (bpt
);
12380 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
12381 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
12383 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
12384 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
12386 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
12390 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
12392 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
12393 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
12394 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
12395 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
12396 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
12397 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
12398 commands won't work. */
12400 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
12402 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
12403 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
12404 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
12405 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
12406 might be better design to have location completely
12407 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
12408 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
12410 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
12411 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
12412 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
12416 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
12417 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
12420 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12421 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
12423 struct breakpoint
*related
;
12428 struct breakpoint
*next
;
12430 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
12431 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
12433 if (next
== related
)
12435 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
12436 function (related
);
12438 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
12439 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
12444 function (related
);
12448 while (related
!= b
);
12452 delete_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12458 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
12460 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
12461 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
12462 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
12463 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
12464 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
12466 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
12470 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
12472 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
12473 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
12474 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
12475 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12478 map_breakpoint_numbers
12479 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*br
)
12481 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (br
, delete_breakpoint
);
12485 /* Return true if all locations of B bound to PSPACE are pending. If
12486 PSPACE is NULL, all locations of all program spaces are
12490 all_locations_are_pending (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
12492 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
12493 if ((pspace
== NULL
12494 || loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
12495 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
12496 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
12501 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
12502 Return true if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
12503 Null names are ignored. */
12506 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
12508 struct bp_location
*l
;
12509 htab_up
htab (htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
, htab_eq_string
, NULL
,
12512 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
12515 const char *name
= l
->function_name
.get ();
12517 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
12521 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
.get (), (const void *) name
,
12523 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
12533 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
12534 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
12535 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
12536 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
12537 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
12538 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
12539 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
12540 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
12543 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
12544 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
12545 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
12546 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
12547 in the sources, and output a warning.
12549 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
12550 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
12551 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
12552 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
12553 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
12556 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
12557 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
12558 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
12559 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
12560 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
12561 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
12562 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
12563 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
12564 precisely because it confuses tools). */
12566 static struct symtab_and_line
12567 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
12569 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12570 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
12575 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
12577 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
12579 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= marker
.str_id
)
12580 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
12581 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str (),
12582 marker
.str_id
.c_str ());
12584 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (marker
.str_id
);
12589 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
12591 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
12593 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
12594 && !tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.empty ())
12596 std::vector
<static_tracepoint_marker
> markers
12597 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid
12598 (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
12600 if (!markers
.empty ())
12602 struct symbol
*sym
;
12603 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
12604 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12606 tpmarker
= &markers
[0];
12608 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (tpmarker
->str_id
);
12610 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
12611 "found at previous line number"),
12612 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
12614 symtab_and_line sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
12615 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
12616 uiout
->text ("Now in ");
12619 uiout
->field_string ("func", sym
->print_name (),
12620 function_name_style
.style ());
12621 uiout
->text (" at ");
12623 uiout
->field_string ("file",
12624 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
),
12625 file_name_style
.style ());
12628 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12630 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
12632 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", fullname
);
12635 uiout
->field_signed ("line", sal2
.line
);
12636 uiout
->text ("\n");
12638 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
12639 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
12641 std::unique_ptr
<explicit_location_spec
> els
12642 (new explicit_location_spec ());
12643 els
->source_filename
12644 = xstrdup (symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
12645 els
->line_offset
.offset
= b
->loc
->line_number
;
12646 els
->line_offset
.sign
= LINE_OFFSET_NONE
;
12648 b
->locspec
= std::move (els
);
12650 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
12657 /* Returns true iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
12658 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
12661 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
12665 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
12668 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
12671 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
12674 if (a
->disabled_by_cond
!= b
->disabled_by_cond
)
12681 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
12687 /* Split all locations of B that are bound to PSPACE out of B's
12688 location list to a separate list and return that list's head. If
12689 PSPACE is NULL, hoist out all locations of B. */
12691 static struct bp_location
*
12692 hoist_existing_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
12694 struct bp_location head
;
12695 struct bp_location
*i
= b
->loc
;
12696 struct bp_location
**i_link
= &b
->loc
;
12697 struct bp_location
*hoisted
= &head
;
12699 if (pspace
== NULL
)
12710 if (i
->pspace
== pspace
)
12725 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software
12726 breakpoint) based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not
12727 zero, then B is a ranged breakpoint. Only recreates locations for
12728 FILTER_PSPACE. Locations of other program spaces are left
12732 update_breakpoint_locations (code_breakpoint
*b
,
12733 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
,
12734 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
12735 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals_end
)
12737 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
;
12739 if (!sals_end
.empty () && (sals
.size () != 1 || sals_end
.size () != 1))
12741 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
12743 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
12744 gdb_printf (gdb_stderr
,
12745 _("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
12746 "multiple locations found\n"),
12751 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
12752 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
12753 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
12754 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
12755 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
12756 individual locations. */
12757 if (all_locations_are_pending (b
, filter_pspace
) && sals
.empty ())
12760 existing_locations
= hoist_existing_locations (b
, filter_pspace
);
12762 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
12764 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
12766 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
.pspace
);
12768 new_loc
= b
->add_location (sal
);
12770 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
12772 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
12776 s
= b
->cond_string
.get ();
12779 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sal
.pc
,
12780 block_for_pc (sal
.pc
),
12783 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
12785 new_loc
->disabled_by_cond
= true;
12789 if (!sals_end
.empty ())
12791 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
[0]);
12793 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
12797 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
12800 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
12801 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
12802 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
12803 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
12804 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
12805 often enough until a better solution is found. */
12806 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
12808 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
12810 if ((!e
->enabled
|| e
->disabled_by_cond
) && e
->function_name
)
12812 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
12814 for (bp_location
*l
: b
->locations ())
12816 /* Ignore software vs hardware location type at
12817 this point, because with "set breakpoint
12818 auto-hw", after a re-set, locations that were
12819 hardware can end up as software, or vice versa.
12820 As mentioned above, this is an heuristic and in
12821 practice should give the correct answer often
12823 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
, true))
12825 l
->enabled
= e
->enabled
;
12826 l
->disabled_by_cond
= e
->disabled_by_cond
;
12833 for (bp_location
*l
: b
->locations ())
12834 if (l
->function_name
12835 && strcmp (e
->function_name
.get (),
12836 l
->function_name
.get ()) == 0)
12838 l
->enabled
= e
->enabled
;
12839 l
->disabled_by_cond
= e
->disabled_by_cond
;
12847 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
12848 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
12851 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given LOCSPEC.
12852 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
12854 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12855 code_breakpoint::location_spec_to_sals (location_spec
*locspec
,
12856 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
12859 struct gdb_exception exception
;
12861 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
12865 sals
= decode_location_spec (locspec
, search_pspace
);
12867 catch (gdb_exception_error
&e
)
12869 int not_found_and_ok
= false;
12871 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
12872 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
12873 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
12874 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
12875 state, then user already saw the message about that
12876 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
12878 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
12879 && (condition_not_parsed
12881 && search_pspace
!= NULL
12882 && loc
->pspace
!= search_pspace
)
12883 || (loc
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
12884 || (loc
&& loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
12885 || enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
12886 not_found_and_ok
= true;
12888 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
12890 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
12891 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
12892 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
12893 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
12894 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
12895 which approach is better. */
12896 enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
12900 exception
= std::move (e
);
12903 if (exception
.reason
== 0 || exception
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
12905 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
12906 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
12907 if (condition_not_parsed
&& extra_string
!= NULL
)
12909 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> local_cond
, local_extra
;
12910 int local_thread
, local_task
;
12912 find_condition_and_thread_for_sals (sals
, extra_string
.get (),
12913 &local_cond
, &local_thread
,
12914 &local_task
, &local_extra
);
12915 gdb_assert (cond_string
== nullptr);
12916 if (local_cond
!= nullptr)
12917 cond_string
= std::move (local_cond
);
12918 thread
= local_thread
;
12920 if (local_extra
!= nullptr)
12921 extra_string
= std::move (local_extra
);
12922 condition_not_parsed
= 0;
12925 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
12926 sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (this, sals
[0]);
12936 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
12937 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
12941 code_breakpoint::re_set_default ()
12943 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
= current_program_space
;
12944 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> expanded
, expanded_end
;
12947 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= location_spec_to_sals (locspec
.get (),
12951 expanded
= std::move (sals
);
12953 if (locspec_range_end
!= nullptr)
12955 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals_end
12956 = location_spec_to_sals (locspec_range_end
.get (),
12957 filter_pspace
, &found
);
12959 expanded_end
= std::move (sals_end
);
12962 update_breakpoint_locations (this, filter_pspace
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
12965 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
12966 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
12969 create_sals_from_location_spec_default (location_spec
*locspec
,
12970 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
12972 parse_breakpoint_sals (locspec
, canonical
);
12975 /* Reset a breakpoint. */
12978 breakpoint_re_set_one (breakpoint
*b
)
12980 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
12981 set_language (b
->language
);
12986 /* Re-set breakpoint locations for the current program space.
12987 Locations bound to other program spaces are left untouched. */
12990 breakpoint_re_set (void)
12993 scoped_restore_current_language save_language
;
12994 scoped_restore save_input_radix
= make_scoped_restore (&input_radix
);
12995 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
12997 /* breakpoint_re_set_one sets the current_language to the language
12998 of the breakpoint it is resetting (see prepare_re_set_context)
12999 before re-evaluating the breakpoint's location. This change can
13000 unfortunately get undone by accident if the language_mode is set
13001 to auto, and we either switch frames, or more likely in this context,
13002 we select the current frame.
13004 We prevent this by temporarily turning the language_mode to
13005 language_mode_manual. We restore it once all breakpoints
13006 have been reset. */
13007 scoped_restore save_language_mode
= make_scoped_restore (&language_mode
);
13008 language_mode
= language_mode_manual
;
13010 /* Note: we must not try to insert locations until after all
13011 breakpoints have been re-set. Otherwise, e.g., when re-setting
13012 breakpoint 1, we'd insert the locations of breakpoint 2, which
13013 hadn't been re-set yet, and thus may have stale locations. */
13015 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
13019 breakpoint_re_set_one (b
);
13021 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
13023 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
13024 "Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
13029 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
13032 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
13033 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
13034 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
13035 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
13037 /* Now we can insert. */
13038 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
13041 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
13043 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
13044 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
13046 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13048 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
13050 b
->thread
= inferior_thread ()->global_num
;
13052 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
13053 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
13054 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
13056 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
13060 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
13061 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
13062 which ends with a period (no newline). */
13065 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
13070 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
13071 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
13073 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
13075 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
13076 gdb_printf (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
13081 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
13085 gdb_printf (_("Will stop next time "
13086 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
13088 else if (count
== 1)
13089 gdb_printf (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
13092 gdb_printf (_("Will ignore next %d "
13093 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
13096 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
13100 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
13103 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
13106 ignore_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
13108 const char *p
= args
;
13112 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
13114 num
= get_number (&p
);
13116 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
13118 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
13120 set_ignore_count (num
,
13121 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
13128 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints with numbers in the range
13129 defined by BP_NUM_RANGE (an inclusive range). */
13132 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::pair
<int, int> bp_num_range
,
13133 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
13135 if (bp_num_range
.first
== 0)
13137 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%d'"),
13138 bp_num_range
.first
);
13142 for (int i
= bp_num_range
.first
; i
<= bp_num_range
.second
; i
++)
13144 bool match
= false;
13146 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
13147 if (b
->number
== i
)
13154 gdb_printf (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), i
);
13159 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints whose numbers are given in
13163 map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *args
,
13164 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
13166 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
13167 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
13169 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
13171 while (!parser
.finished ())
13173 int num
= parser
.get_number ();
13174 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::make_pair (num
, num
), function
);
13178 /* Return the breakpoint location structure corresponding to the
13179 BP_NUM and LOC_NUM values. */
13181 static struct bp_location
*
13182 find_location_by_number (int bp_num
, int loc_num
)
13184 breakpoint
*b
= get_breakpoint (bp_num
);
13186 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
13187 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%d'"), bp_num
);
13190 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num
);
13193 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
13194 if (++n
== loc_num
)
13197 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num
);
13200 /* Modes of operation for extract_bp_num. */
13201 enum class extract_bp_kind
13203 /* Extracting a breakpoint number. */
13206 /* Extracting a location number. */
13210 /* Extract a breakpoint or location number (as determined by KIND)
13211 from the string starting at START. TRAILER is a character which
13212 can be found after the number. If you don't want a trailer, use
13213 '\0'. If END_OUT is not NULL, it is set to point after the parsed
13214 string. This always returns a positive integer. */
13217 extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind kind
, const char *start
,
13218 int trailer
, const char **end_out
= NULL
)
13220 const char *end
= start
;
13221 int num
= get_number_trailer (&end
, trailer
);
13223 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
13224 ? _("Negative breakpoint number '%.*s'")
13225 : _("Negative breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
13226 int (end
- start
), start
);
13228 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
13229 ? _("Bad breakpoint number '%.*s'")
13230 : _("Bad breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
13231 int (end
- start
), start
);
13233 if (end_out
!= NULL
)
13238 /* Extract a breakpoint or location range (as determined by KIND) in
13239 the form NUM1-NUM2 stored at &ARG[arg_offset]. Returns a std::pair
13240 representing the (inclusive) range. The returned pair's elements
13241 are always positive integers. */
13243 static std::pair
<int, int>
13244 extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind kind
,
13245 const std::string
&arg
,
13246 std::string::size_type arg_offset
)
13248 std::pair
<int, int> range
;
13249 const char *bp_loc
= &arg
[arg_offset
];
13250 std::string::size_type dash
= arg
.find ('-', arg_offset
);
13251 if (dash
!= std::string::npos
)
13253 /* bp_loc is a range (x-z). */
13254 if (arg
.length () == dash
+ 1)
13255 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
13256 ? _("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'")
13257 : _("Bad breakpoint location number at or near: '%s'"),
13261 const char *start_first
= bp_loc
;
13262 const char *start_second
= &arg
[dash
+ 1];
13263 range
.first
= extract_bp_num (kind
, start_first
, '-');
13264 range
.second
= extract_bp_num (kind
, start_second
, '\0', &end
);
13266 if (range
.first
> range
.second
)
13267 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
13268 ? _("Inverted breakpoint range at '%.*s'")
13269 : _("Inverted breakpoint location range at '%.*s'"),
13270 int (end
- start_first
), start_first
);
13274 /* bp_loc is a single value. */
13275 range
.first
= extract_bp_num (kind
, bp_loc
, '\0');
13276 range
.second
= range
.first
;
13281 /* Extract the breakpoint/location range specified by ARG. Returns
13282 the breakpoint range in BP_NUM_RANGE, and the location range in
13285 ARG may be in any of the following forms:
13287 x where 'x' is a breakpoint number.
13288 x-y where 'x' and 'y' specify a breakpoint numbers range.
13289 x.y where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' a location number.
13290 x.y-z where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' and 'z' specify a
13291 location number range.
13295 extract_bp_number_and_location (const std::string
&arg
,
13296 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_num_range
,
13297 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_loc_range
)
13299 std::string::size_type dot
= arg
.find ('.');
13301 if (dot
!= std::string::npos
)
13303 /* Handle 'x.y' and 'x.y-z' cases. */
13305 if (arg
.length () == dot
+ 1 || dot
== 0)
13306 error (_("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'"), arg
.c_str ());
13309 = extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind::bp
, arg
.c_str (), '.');
13310 bp_num_range
.second
= bp_num_range
.first
;
13312 bp_loc_range
= extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::loc
,
13317 /* Handle x and x-y cases. */
13319 bp_num_range
= extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::bp
, arg
, 0);
13320 bp_loc_range
.first
= 0;
13321 bp_loc_range
.second
= 0;
13325 /* Enable or disable a breakpoint location BP_NUM.LOC_NUM. ENABLE
13326 specifies whether to enable or disable. */
13329 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (int bp_num
, int loc_num
, bool enable
)
13331 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (bp_num
, loc_num
);
13334 if (loc
->disabled_by_cond
&& enable
)
13335 error (_("Breakpoint %d's condition is invalid at location %d, "
13336 "cannot enable."), bp_num
, loc_num
);
13338 if (loc
->enabled
!= enable
)
13340 loc
->enabled
= enable
;
13341 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
13343 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
13344 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
13345 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
13346 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
13348 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
13350 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (loc
->owner
);
13353 /* Calculates LOC_NUM for LOC by traversing the bp_location chain of LOC's
13354 owner. 1-based indexing. -1 signals NOT FOUND. */
13357 find_loc_num_by_location (const bp_location
*loc
)
13359 if (loc
!= nullptr && loc
->owner
!= nullptr)
13361 /* Locations use 1-based indexing. */
13363 for (bp_location
*it
: loc
->owner
->locations ())
13373 /* Enable or disable a breakpoint location LOC. ENABLE
13374 specifies whether to enable or disable. */
13377 enable_disable_bp_location (bp_location
*loc
, bool enable
)
13379 if (loc
== nullptr)
13380 error (_("Breakpoint location is invalid."));
13382 if (loc
->owner
== nullptr)
13383 error (_("Breakpoint location does not have an owner breakpoint."));
13385 if (loc
->disabled_by_cond
&& enable
)
13387 int loc_num
= find_loc_num_by_location (loc
);
13389 error (_("Breakpoint location LOC_NUM could not be found."));
13391 error (_("Breakpoint %d's condition is invalid at location %d, "
13392 "cannot enable."), loc
->owner
->number
, loc_num
);
13395 if (loc
->enabled
!= enable
)
13397 loc
->enabled
= enable
;
13398 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
13401 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
13402 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
13403 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
13404 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
13406 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
13407 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (loc
->owner
);
13410 /* Enable or disable a range of breakpoint locations. BP_NUM is the
13411 number of the breakpoint, and BP_LOC_RANGE specifies the
13412 (inclusive) range of location numbers of that breakpoint to
13413 enable/disable. ENABLE specifies whether to enable or disable the
13417 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range (int bp_num
,
13418 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_loc_range
,
13421 for (int i
= bp_loc_range
.first
; i
<= bp_loc_range
.second
; i
++)
13422 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (bp_num
, i
, enable
);
13425 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
13426 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
13427 which ends with a period (no newline). */
13430 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13432 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
13433 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
13434 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
13435 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13438 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13440 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
13441 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
13443 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
13444 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
13446 for (bp_location
*location
: bpt
->locations ())
13447 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
13450 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
13452 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bpt
);
13455 /* Enable or disable the breakpoint(s) or breakpoint location(s)
13456 specified in ARGS. ARGS may be in any of the formats handled by
13457 extract_bp_number_and_location. ENABLE specifies whether to enable
13458 or disable the breakpoints/locations. */
13461 enable_disable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
, bool enable
)
13465 for (breakpoint
*bpt
: all_breakpoints ())
13466 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
13469 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
13471 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
13476 std::string num
= extract_arg (&args
);
13478 while (!num
.empty ())
13480 std::pair
<int, int> bp_num_range
, bp_loc_range
;
13482 extract_bp_number_and_location (num
, bp_num_range
, bp_loc_range
);
13484 if (bp_loc_range
.first
== bp_loc_range
.second
13485 && (bp_loc_range
.first
== 0
13486 || (bp_loc_range
.first
== 1
13487 && bp_num_range
.first
== bp_num_range
.second
13488 && !has_multiple_locations (bp_num_range
.first
))))
13490 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x' or 'x-z'
13491 or 'y.1' where y has only one code location. */
13492 map_breakpoint_number_range (bp_num_range
,
13494 ? enable_breakpoint
13495 : disable_breakpoint
);
13499 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x.y' or
13501 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range
13502 (bp_num_range
.first
, bp_loc_range
, enable
);
13504 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
13509 /* The disable command disables the specified breakpoints/locations
13510 (or all defined breakpoints) so they're no longer effective in
13511 stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the forms defined in
13512 extract_bp_number_and_location. */
13515 disable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
13517 enable_disable_command (args
, from_tty
, false);
13521 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
13524 int target_resources_ok
;
13526 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
13529 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
13530 target_resources_ok
=
13531 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
13533 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
13534 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
13535 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
13536 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
13539 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
13541 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
13542 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13546 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13548 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
13549 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
13550 update_watchpoint (w
, true /* reparse */);
13552 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
13554 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
13555 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
13561 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
13563 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
13564 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
13566 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
13567 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
13569 for (bp_location
*location
: bpt
->locations ())
13570 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
13573 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
13574 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
13575 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
13577 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bpt
);
13582 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13584 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
13587 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints/locations (or
13588 all defined breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to
13589 be) effective in stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the
13590 forms defined in extract_bp_number_and_location. */
13593 enable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
13595 enable_disable_command (args
, from_tty
, true);
13599 enable_once_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
13601 map_breakpoint_numbers
13602 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
13604 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
13605 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
13607 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_disable
, 1);
13613 enable_count_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
13618 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
13620 count
= get_number (&args
);
13622 map_breakpoint_numbers
13623 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
13625 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
13626 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
13628 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_disable
, count
);
13634 enable_delete_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
13636 map_breakpoint_numbers
13637 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
13639 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
13640 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
13642 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_del
, 1);
13647 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
13648 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
13652 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
13653 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
13654 const bfd_byte
*data
)
13656 for (breakpoint
*bp
: all_breakpoints ())
13657 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
13658 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
13660 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
13662 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
!= nullptr)
13664 for (bp_location
*loc
: bp
->locations ())
13665 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
13666 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
13667 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
13670 wp
->val_valid
= false;
13676 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
13679 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13680 const address_space
*aspace
,
13683 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
13684 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
13685 CORE_ADDR pc
= next_pc
;
13687 if (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
== NULL
)
13689 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
13690 (new momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_single_step
,
13691 current_program_space
,
13695 tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
13696 = add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
13699 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
13701 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
13702 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
13705 = (gdb::checked_static_cast
<momentary_breakpoint
*>
13706 (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
));
13707 ss_bp
->add_location (sal
);
13709 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
13712 /* Insert single step breakpoints according to the current state. */
13715 insert_single_step_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
13717 struct regcache
*regcache
= get_current_regcache ();
13718 std::vector
<CORE_ADDR
> next_pcs
;
13720 next_pcs
= gdbarch_software_single_step (gdbarch
, regcache
);
13722 if (!next_pcs
.empty ())
13724 frame_info_ptr frame
= get_current_frame ();
13725 const address_space
*aspace
= get_frame_address_space (frame
);
13727 for (CORE_ADDR pc
: next_pcs
)
13728 insert_single_step_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, pc
);
13736 /* See breakpoint.h. */
13739 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint
*bp
,
13740 const address_space
*aspace
,
13743 for (bp_location
*loc
: bp
->locations ())
13745 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
13751 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
13755 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
13758 for (breakpoint
*bpt
: all_breakpoints ())
13760 if (bpt
->type
== bp_single_step
13761 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt
, aspace
, pc
))
13767 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
13769 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
13771 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
13773 tracepoint_count
= num
;
13774 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
13778 trace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13780 location_spec_up locspec
= string_to_location_spec (&arg
,
13782 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= breakpoint_ops_for_location_spec
13783 (locspec
.get (), true /* is_tracepoint */);
13785 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
13787 NULL
, 0, arg
, false, 1 /* parse arg */,
13789 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
13790 0 /* Ignore count */,
13791 pending_break_support
,
13795 0 /* internal */, 0);
13799 ftrace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13801 location_spec_up locspec
= string_to_location_spec (&arg
,
13803 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
13805 NULL
, 0, arg
, false, 1 /* parse arg */,
13807 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
13808 0 /* Ignore count */,
13809 pending_break_support
,
13810 &code_breakpoint_ops
,
13813 0 /* internal */, 0);
13816 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
13819 strace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13821 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
13822 location_spec_up locspec
;
13825 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
13826 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
13827 if (arg
&& startswith (arg
, "-m") && isspace (arg
[2]))
13829 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13830 locspec
= new_linespec_location_spec (&arg
,
13831 symbol_name_match_type::FULL
);
13832 type
= bp_static_marker_tracepoint
;
13836 ops
= &code_breakpoint_ops
;
13837 locspec
= string_to_location_spec (&arg
, current_language
);
13838 type
= bp_static_tracepoint
;
13841 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
13843 NULL
, 0, arg
, false, 1 /* parse arg */,
13845 type
/* type_wanted */,
13846 0 /* Ignore count */,
13847 pending_break_support
,
13851 0 /* internal */, 0);
13854 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
13855 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
13857 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
13858 static int next_cmd
;
13860 static const char *
13861 read_uploaded_action (std::string
&buffer
)
13863 char *rslt
= nullptr;
13865 if (next_cmd
< this_utp
->cmd_strings
.size ())
13867 rslt
= this_utp
->cmd_strings
[next_cmd
].get ();
13874 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
13875 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
13876 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
13877 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
13878 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
13880 struct tracepoint
*
13881 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
13883 const char *addr_str
;
13884 char small_buf
[100];
13885 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
13887 if (utp
->at_string
)
13888 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
.get ();
13891 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
13892 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
13893 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
13895 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
13896 "source location, using raw address"),
13898 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
13899 addr_str
= small_buf
;
13902 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
13903 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
13904 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
13905 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
13908 location_spec_up locspec
= string_to_location_spec (&addr_str
,
13910 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
13912 utp
->cond_string
.get (), -1, addr_str
,
13913 false /* force_condition */,
13914 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
13916 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
13917 0 /* Ignore count */,
13918 pending_break_support
,
13919 &code_breakpoint_ops
,
13921 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
13923 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
13926 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
13927 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
13928 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
13932 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
13935 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
13938 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
13939 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
13940 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
13942 if (!utp
->cmd_strings
.empty ())
13944 counted_command_line cmd_list
;
13949 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
);
13951 breakpoint_set_commands (tp
, std::move (cmd_list
));
13953 else if (!utp
->actions
.empty ()
13954 || !utp
->step_actions
.empty ())
13955 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
13956 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
13959 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
13960 tp
->hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
13961 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
13966 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
13970 info_tracepoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
13972 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13975 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, false, is_tracepoint
);
13977 if (num_printed
== 0)
13979 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
13980 uiout
->message ("No tracepoints.\n");
13982 uiout
->message ("No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
13985 default_collect_info ();
13988 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
13989 Not supported by all targets. */
13991 enable_trace_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
13993 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
13996 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
13997 Not supported by all targets. */
13999 disable_trace_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14001 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
14004 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
14006 delete_trace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14012 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
14014 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
14015 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
14016 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
14018 for (breakpoint
*tp
: all_tracepoints ())
14019 if (is_tracepoint (tp
) && user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
14021 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
14025 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14027 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
14029 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
14030 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
14031 delete_breakpoint (b
);
14035 map_breakpoint_numbers
14036 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*br
)
14038 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (br
, delete_breakpoint
);
14042 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
14045 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14047 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
14048 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (tp
);
14050 gdb_printf (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
14051 tp
->number
, count
);
14054 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
14056 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
14057 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
14058 Also accepts special argument "all". */
14061 trace_pass_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14063 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
14066 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
14067 error (_("passcount command requires an "
14068 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
14070 count
= strtoulst (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
14072 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
14073 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
14075 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
14077 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
14079 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_tracepoints ())
14081 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14082 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14085 else if (*args
== '\0')
14087 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
);
14089 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14093 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
14094 while (!parser
.finished ())
14096 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &parser
);
14098 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14103 struct tracepoint
*
14104 get_tracepoint (int num
)
14106 for (breakpoint
*t
: all_tracepoints ())
14107 if (t
->number
== num
)
14108 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
14113 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
14114 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
14117 struct tracepoint
*
14118 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
14120 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_tracepoints ())
14122 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14124 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
14131 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
14132 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
14133 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
14134 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
14136 struct tracepoint
*
14137 get_tracepoint_by_number (const char **arg
,
14138 number_or_range_parser
*parser
)
14141 const char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
14143 if (parser
!= NULL
)
14145 gdb_assert (!parser
->finished ());
14146 tpnum
= parser
->get_number ();
14148 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
14149 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
14151 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
14155 if (instring
&& *instring
)
14156 gdb_printf (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
14159 gdb_printf (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
14163 for (breakpoint
*t
: all_tracepoints ())
14164 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
14165 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
14167 gdb_printf ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
14172 breakpoint::print_recreate_thread (struct ui_file
*fp
) const
14176 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (thread
);
14177 gdb_printf (fp
, " thread %s", print_full_thread_id (thr
));
14181 gdb_printf (fp
, " task %d", task
);
14183 gdb_printf (fp
, "\n");
14186 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
14187 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
14188 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
14192 save_breakpoints (const char *filename
, int from_tty
,
14193 bool (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
14196 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
14198 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
14199 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
14201 /* See if we have anything to save. */
14202 for (breakpoint
*tp
: all_breakpoints ())
14204 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
14205 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
14208 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
14209 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
14214 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
14216 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
14218 /* We can stop searching. */
14225 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
14229 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> expanded_filename (tilde_expand (filename
));
14233 if (!fp
.open (expanded_filename
.get (), "w"))
14234 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
14235 expanded_filename
.get (), safe_strerror (errno
));
14237 if (extra_trace_bits
)
14238 save_trace_state_variables (&fp
);
14240 for (breakpoint
*tp
: all_breakpoints ())
14242 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
14243 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
14246 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
14247 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
14250 tp
->print_recreate (&fp
);
14252 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
14253 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
14256 if (tp
->cond_string
)
14257 fp
.printf (" condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
.get ());
14259 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
14260 fp
.printf (" ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
14262 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
14264 fp
.puts (" commands\n");
14266 ui_out_redirect_pop
redir (current_uiout
, &fp
);
14267 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
.get (), 2);
14269 fp
.puts (" end\n");
14272 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
14273 fp
.puts ("disable $bpnum\n");
14275 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
14276 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
14277 special, and not user visible. */
14278 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
14282 for (bp_location
*loc
: tp
->locations ())
14285 fp
.printf ("disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
14292 if (extra_trace_bits
&& !default_collect
.empty ())
14293 fp
.printf ("set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
.c_str ());
14296 gdb_printf (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), expanded_filename
.get ());
14299 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
14302 save_breakpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14304 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
14307 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
14310 save_tracepoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14312 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
14316 /* This help string is used to consolidate all the help string for specifying
14317 locations used by several commands. */
14319 #define LOCATION_SPEC_HELP_STRING \
14320 "Linespecs are colon-separated lists of location parameters, such as\n\
14321 source filename, function name, label name, and line number.\n\
14322 Example: To specify the start of a label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
14323 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use\n\
14324 \"factorial.c:fact:the_top\".\n\
14326 Address locations begin with \"*\" and specify an exact address in the\n\
14327 program. Example: To specify the fourth byte past the start function\n\
14328 \"main\", use \"*main + 4\".\n\
14330 Explicit locations are similar to linespecs but use an option/argument\n\
14331 syntax to specify location parameters.\n\
14332 Example: To specify the start of the label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
14333 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use \"-source factorial.c\n\
14334 -function fact -label the_top\".\n\
14336 By default, a specified function is matched against the program's\n\
14337 functions in all scopes. For C++, this means in all namespaces and\n\
14338 classes. For Ada, this means in all packages. E.g., in C++,\n\
14339 \"func()\" matches \"A::func()\", \"A::B::func()\", etc. The\n\
14340 \"-qualified\" flag overrides this behavior, making GDB interpret the\n\
14341 specified name as a complete fully-qualified name instead."
14343 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
14344 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
14345 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
14348 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
14349 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM]\n\
14350 \t[-force-condition] [if CONDITION]\n\
14351 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
14352 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
14353 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
14354 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
14355 LOCATION may be a linespec, address, or explicit location as described\n\
14358 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
14359 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
14361 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
14362 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
14364 With the \"-force-condition\" flag, the condition is defined even when\n\
14365 it is invalid for all current locations.\n\
14366 \n" LOCATION_SPEC_HELP_STRING "\n\n\
14367 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
14368 conditions are different.\n\
14370 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
14372 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
14373 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
14375 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
14376 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
14379 add_catch_command (const char *name
, const char *docstring
,
14380 cmd_func_ftype
*func
,
14381 completer_ftype
*completer
,
14382 void *user_data_catch
,
14383 void *user_data_tcatch
)
14385 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
14387 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, docstring
,
14389 command
->func
= func
;
14390 command
->set_context (user_data_catch
);
14391 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
14393 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, docstring
,
14395 command
->func
= func
;
14396 command
->set_context (user_data_tcatch
);
14397 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
14400 /* False if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
14401 functions have been inlined, true otherwise. */
14404 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14406 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
14407 non-inline function. */
14408 return (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
);
14411 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
14412 have been inlined. */
14415 pc_at_non_inline_function (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
14416 const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
14418 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
14420 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
14423 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
14425 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
14426 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
14434 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
14437 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
14439 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
14440 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& loc
->symtab
->compunit ()->objfile () == objfile
)
14441 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
14444 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
14446 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
14448 /* See breakpoint.h. */
14450 cmd_list_element
*commands_cmd_element
= nullptr;
14452 void _initialize_breakpoint ();
14454 _initialize_breakpoint ()
14456 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
14458 gdb::observers::solib_unloaded
.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
,
14460 gdb::observers::free_objfile
.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
,
14462 gdb::observers::memory_changed
.attach (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
,
14465 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
14466 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
14467 before a breakpoint is set. */
14468 breakpoint_count
= 0;
14470 tracepoint_count
= 0;
14472 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
14473 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
14474 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
14476 commands_cmd_element
= add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
,
14477 commands_command
, _("\
14478 Set commands to be executed when the given breakpoints are hit.\n\
14479 Give a space-separated breakpoint list as argument after \"commands\".\n\
14480 A list element can be a breakpoint number (e.g. `5') or a range of numbers\n\
14482 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
14483 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
14484 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
14485 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
14486 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
14488 const auto cc_opts
= make_condition_command_options_def_group (nullptr);
14489 static std::string condition_command_help
14490 = gdb::option::build_help (_("\
14491 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
14492 Usage is `condition [OPTION] N COND', where N is an integer and COND\n\
14493 is an expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached.\n\
14496 %OPTIONS%"), cc_opts
);
14498 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
,
14499 condition_command_help
.c_str ());
14500 set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars (c
, condition_completer
);
14502 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
14503 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
14504 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
14505 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
14506 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
14508 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
14509 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
14511 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
14512 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
14513 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
14514 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
14516 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
14517 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
14519 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
14520 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
14521 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
14522 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
14524 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
14525 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
14527 cmd_list_element
*enable_cmd
14528 = add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
14529 Enable all or some breakpoints.\n\
14530 Usage: enable [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
14531 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
14532 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
14533 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
14534 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
14535 &enablelist
, 1, &cmdlist
);
14537 add_com_alias ("en", enable_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
14539 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
14540 Enable all or some breakpoints.\n\
14541 Usage: enable breakpoints [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
14542 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
14543 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
14544 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\"."),
14545 &enablebreaklist
, 1, &enablelist
);
14547 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
14548 Enable some breakpoints for one hit.\n\
14549 Usage: enable breakpoints once BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
14550 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
14553 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
14554 Enable some breakpoints and delete when hit.\n\
14555 Usage: enable breakpoints delete BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
14556 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
14559 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
14560 Enable some breakpoints for COUNT hits.\n\
14561 Usage: enable breakpoints count COUNT BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
14562 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
14563 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
14566 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
14567 Enable some breakpoints and delete when hit.\n\
14568 Usage: enable delete BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
14569 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
14572 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
14573 Enable some breakpoints for one hit.\n\
14574 Usage: enable once BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
14575 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
14578 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
14579 Enable some breakpoints for COUNT hits.\n\
14580 Usage: enable count COUNT BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
14581 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
14582 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
14585 cmd_list_element
*disable_cmd
14586 = add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
14587 Disable all or some breakpoints.\n\
14588 Usage: disable [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
14589 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
14590 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
14591 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
14592 &disablelist
, 1, &cmdlist
);
14593 add_com_alias ("dis", disable_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
14594 add_com_alias ("disa", disable_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
14596 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
14597 Disable all or some breakpoints.\n\
14598 Usage: disable breakpoints [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
14599 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
14600 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
14601 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
14602 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
14605 cmd_list_element
*delete_cmd
14606 = add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
14607 Delete all or some breakpoints.\n\
14608 Usage: delete [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
14609 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
14610 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
14612 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects."),
14613 &deletelist
, 1, &cmdlist
);
14614 add_com_alias ("d", delete_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
14615 add_com_alias ("del", delete_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
14617 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
14618 Delete all or some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
14619 Usage: delete breakpoints [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
14620 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
14621 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
14622 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
14625 cmd_list_element
*clear_cmd
14626 = add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
14627 Clear breakpoint at specified location.\n\
14628 Argument may be a linespec, explicit, or address location as described below.\n\
14630 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
14631 is executing in.\n"
14632 "\n" LOCATION_SPEC_HELP_STRING
"\n\n\
14633 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
14634 add_com_alias ("cl", clear_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
14636 cmd_list_element
*break_cmd
14637 = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
14638 Set breakpoint at specified location.\n"
14639 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
14640 set_cmd_completer (break_cmd
, location_completer
);
14642 add_com_alias ("b", break_cmd
, class_run
, 1);
14643 add_com_alias ("br", break_cmd
, class_run
, 1);
14644 add_com_alias ("bre", break_cmd
, class_run
, 1);
14645 add_com_alias ("brea", break_cmd
, class_run
, 1);
14647 cmd_list_element
*info_breakpoints_cmd
14648 = add_info ("breakpoints", info_breakpoints_command
, _("\
14649 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
14650 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
14651 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
14652 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
14653 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
14654 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
14655 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
14656 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
14658 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
14659 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
14660 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
14661 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
14662 breakpoint set."));
14664 add_info_alias ("b", info_breakpoints_cmd
, 1);
14666 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
14667 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
14668 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
14669 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
14670 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
14671 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
14672 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
14673 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
14674 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
14675 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
14676 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
14677 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
14678 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
14680 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
14681 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
14682 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
14683 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
14685 &maintenanceinfolist
);
14687 add_basic_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, _("\
14688 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
14690 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
14692 add_basic_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, _("\
14693 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
14695 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
14697 const auto opts
= make_watch_options_def_group (nullptr);
14699 static const std::string watch_help
= gdb::option::build_help (_("\
14700 Set a watchpoint for EXPRESSION.\n\
14701 Usage: watch [-location] EXPRESSION\n\
14706 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
14707 an expression changes."), opts
);
14708 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
,
14709 watch_help
.c_str ());
14710 set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars (c
, watch_command_completer
);
14712 static const std::string rwatch_help
= gdb::option::build_help (_("\
14713 Set a read watchpoint for EXPRESSION.\n\
14714 Usage: rwatch [-location] EXPRESSION\n\
14719 A read watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
14720 an expression is read."), opts
);
14721 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
,
14722 rwatch_help
.c_str ());
14723 set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars (c
, watch_command_completer
);
14725 static const std::string awatch_help
= gdb::option::build_help (_("\
14726 Set an access watchpoint for EXPRESSION.\n\
14727 Usage: awatch [-location] EXPRESSION\n\
14732 An access watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value\n\
14733 of an expression is either read or written."), opts
);
14734 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
,
14735 awatch_help
.c_str ());
14736 set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars (c
, watch_command_completer
);
14738 add_info ("watchpoints", info_watchpoints_command
, _("\
14739 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
14741 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
14742 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
14743 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
14744 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
14745 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
14746 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
14747 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
14748 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
14749 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
14752 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
14753 &setlist
, &showlist
);
14755 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
14757 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
14759 cmd_list_element
*trace_cmd
14760 = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
14761 Set a tracepoint at specified location.\n\
14763 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
14764 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
14765 set_cmd_completer (trace_cmd
, location_completer
);
14767 add_com_alias ("tp", trace_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 0);
14768 add_com_alias ("tr", trace_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
14769 add_com_alias ("tra", trace_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
14770 add_com_alias ("trac", trace_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
14772 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
14773 Set a fast tracepoint at specified location.\n\
14775 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
14776 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
14777 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
14779 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
14780 Set a static tracepoint at location or marker.\n\
14782 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
14783 LOCATION may be a linespec, explicit, or address location (described below) \n\
14784 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\n\
14785 If a marker id is specified, probe the marker with that name. With\n\
14786 no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected stack frame.\n\
14787 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
14788 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
14789 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
14790 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
14792 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
14793 \n" LOCATION_SPEC_HELP_STRING
"\n\n\
14794 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
14795 conditions are different.\n\
14797 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
14798 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
14799 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
14801 cmd_list_element
*info_tracepoints_cmd
14802 = add_info ("tracepoints", info_tracepoints_command
, _("\
14803 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
14804 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
14805 last tracepoint set."));
14807 add_info_alias ("tp", info_tracepoints_cmd
, 1);
14809 cmd_list_element
*delete_tracepoints_cmd
14810 = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
14811 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
14812 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
14813 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
14815 add_alias_cmd ("tr", delete_tracepoints_cmd
, class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
14817 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
14818 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
14819 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
14820 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
14822 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
14824 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
14825 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
14826 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
14827 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
14829 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
14831 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
14832 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
14833 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
14834 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
14835 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
14837 add_basic_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
,
14838 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
14840 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
14842 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
14843 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
14844 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
14845 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
14846 session to restore them."),
14848 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
14850 cmd_list_element
*save_tracepoints_cmd
14851 = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
14852 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
14853 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
14855 set_cmd_completer (save_tracepoints_cmd
, filename_completer
);
14857 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", save_tracepoints_cmd
, class_trace
, 0);
14858 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
14860 add_setshow_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
,
14862 Breakpoint specific settings.\n\
14863 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
14864 pending breakpoint behavior."),
14866 Breakpoint specific settings.\n\
14867 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
14868 pending breakpoint behavior."),
14869 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
,
14870 &setlist
, &showlist
);
14872 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
14873 &pending_break_support
, _("\
14874 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
14875 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
14876 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
14877 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
14878 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
14879 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
14881 show_pending_break_support
,
14882 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
14883 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
14885 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
14887 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
14888 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
14889 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
14890 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
14891 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
14892 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
14893 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
14895 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
14896 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
14897 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
14899 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
14900 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
14901 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
14902 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
14903 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
14904 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
14905 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
14906 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
14907 when execution stops."),
14909 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
14910 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
14911 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
14913 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
14914 condition_evaluation_enums
,
14915 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
14916 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
14917 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
14918 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
14919 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
14920 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
14921 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
14922 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
14923 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
14924 be set to \"host\"."),
14925 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
14926 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
14927 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
14928 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
14930 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
14931 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
14932 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
14933 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
14934 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
14935 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
14936 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
14937 or the start of the range\n\
14938 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
14939 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
14940 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
14942 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
14943 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
14944 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
14946 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
14947 Set a dynamic printf at specified location.\n\
14948 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
14949 location may be a linespec, explicit, or address location.\n"
14950 "\n" LOCATION_SPEC_HELP_STRING
));
14951 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
14953 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
14954 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
14955 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
14956 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
14957 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
14958 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
14959 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
14960 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
14961 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
14962 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
14963 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
14964 &setlist
, &showlist
);
14966 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
14967 &dprintf_function
, _("\
14968 Set the function to use for dynamic printf."), _("\
14969 Show the function to use for dynamic printf."), NULL
,
14970 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
14971 &setlist
, &showlist
);
14973 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
14974 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
14975 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf."), _("\
14976 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf."), NULL
,
14977 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
14978 &setlist
, &showlist
);
14980 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
14981 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
14982 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
14983 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
14984 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
14985 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
14988 &setlist
, &showlist
);
14990 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
14991 Target agent only formatted printing, like the C \"printf\" function.\n\
14992 Usage: agent-printf \"format string\", ARG1, ARG2, ARG3, ..., ARGN\n\
14993 This supports most C printf format specifications, like %s, %d, etc.\n\
14994 This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
14996 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= true;
14998 gdb::observers::about_to_proceed
.attach (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
,
15000 gdb::observers::thread_exit
.attach (remove_threaded_breakpoints
,